You are on page 1of 229

SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)

GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 10-14,2019 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY

I. OBJECTIVES JUNE 10, 2019 JUNE 11 , 2019 JUNE 12, 2019 JUNE 13, 2019 JUNE 14, 2019

Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of sequences
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS is able to formulate and solve problems involving sequences in different discipline through appropriate and accurate representations
C. Learning Competencies/ generate and describe patterns
Objectives: Write the LC code for find the next few terms of a sequence ,find the general or nth term of a sequence
each illustrate an arithmetic sequence, determine the nth term of a given arithmetic sequence find the arithmetic means between terms of an arithmetic
At the end of the period, at least 75%
sequence
of the students will be able to:
determine the sum of the first nterms of a given arithmetic sequence and solve problems involving arithmetic sequence
II. CONTENT Solving Real life Problems Involving Arithmetic Sequences ,
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
A. References MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE

1. Teacher’s Guide Pages


2. Learner’s Materials Pages 9-24
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

Present to the students Review the students in Review the students in Review the students in Review the students in yesterday’s
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
the Activity 1 in page 9- yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson lesson
Presenting New Lesson
10 of Grade 10 LM
B. Establishing a Purpose for the
Lesson
C. Presenting Examples/Instances Let them answer the Let the students form a small
of the Lesson activity orally group and do activity 4 and 5
in page 12-13 of grade 10 LM
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students Let the students understand Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer activity 14
Practicing New Skills#1 understand the concept the concept of Arithmetic activity 11-12 numbers 1-5 in activity 13 in page 21-22 of in page 23 of grade 10 LM
E. Discussing New Concepts and
of sequence by Sequence by answering the page 19-20 of grade 10 LM grade 10 LM
Practicing New Skills#2
understanding the question after the activity 4
examples in page 10 of and 5
Grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment
activity 2 and 3 in page 11
3)
of grade 10 LM
G. Finding Practical Application of Ask the students how Ask the students how they Ask the students how they Ask the students how they Ask the students how they could
Concepts and Skills in Daily they could use sequence could use sequence in their could use sequence in their could use sequence in their use sequence in their daily lives
Living
in their daily lives daily lives daily lives daily lives
v. PROCEDURES
H. Making Generalization Let the students restate Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
and Abstractions about the the definition of definition of Arithmetic how to insert arithmetic
lesson Sequence Sequence Mean and how to get the sum
of an Arithmetic Sequence
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer
activity 6 in page 14 of grade activity 11-12 numbers 6-10
10 LM in page 19-20 of grade 10 LM
J. Additional Activities for
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day whether Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
the objectives has attained Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor can
help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish
to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: NINE (9)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 9
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 10-14, 2019 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES JUNE 10, 2019 JUNE 11, 2019 JUNE 12, 2019 JUNE 13, 2019 JUNE 14, 2019
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF Quadratic equations, quadratic inequalities and rational algebraic equations.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO investigate thoroughly mathematical relationships in various situations, formulate real-life problems involving quadratic equations,
B. Performance Standards:
quadratic inequalities and rational algebraic equations and solve them using variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Solve quadratic equation by 1. Solve quadratic equation by
Write the LC code for each (a) extracting square roots (b) factoring
illustrate quadratic equations;
At the end of the period, at least 75% of 2. Solve Problems involving 2. Solve Problems involving
the students will be able to: quadratic equation quadratic equation
II. CONTENT SOLVING QUADRATIC EQUATION

III. LEARNING RESOURCES


MATHEMATICS GRADE 9 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages
2. Learner’s Materials Pages 1-18
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
Review the students in how to
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Present to the students Review the students in yesterday’s
solve quadratic equation by
Presenting New Lesson the Activity 1 in page 11 Review the students in Review the students in lesson
extracting square roots
of Grade 9 LM yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for the Present to the students activity
Lesson 7 – 8 in page 25 of Grade 9 LM
Let the students answer Let the students answer Guide them in formulating the
C. Presenting Examples/Instances Let the students do activity 1 in
activity 2 and 3 in page activity 7 in page 17 of right equation to solve the
of the Lesson page 27 of Grade 9 LM and let
13 of grade 9 LM grade 9 LM problem
Let the students answer the them answer the question below
question below the activity the activity
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students
Practicing New Skills#1 understand quadratic
Present to the students the activity
equation by studying the
2 and 3 in page 28 of Grade 9 LM
E. Discussing New Concepts and examples in page 13 -14
Practicing New Skills#2 Guide the students in
of grade 9 LM
Let the students understand understanding the Zero Product
how to write quadratic Property
F. Developing Mastery equation to standard form Let them study the examples of
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) solving quadratic equation by
Factoring
G. Finding Practical Application of Let the students give Let the students answer Let the students answer activity 4 in
Concepts and Skills in Daily application of quadratic activity 9 in page 25 of Grade 9 page 31 of Grade 9 LM numbers 1-
Living equation in real life LM 5
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate
Let the students restate the Let the students re state the Let the students restate the process
H. Making Generalization and the definition of
Standard Form of Quadratic solution of quadratic equation of solving quadratic equation by
Abstractions about the lesson Quadratic Equation
Equation by extracting square roots. Factoring

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer activity 4 in
Let the students do activity 10
I. Evaluating Learning activity 4 and 5 in page activity 6 in page 16 of grade activity 8 in page 18 of page 31 of Grade 9 LM numbers 6-
in page 26 of Grade 10 LM
15 of grade 9 LM 9 LM grade 9 LM 10
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ To_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 04-08 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JUNE 4, 2018 JUNE 5, 2018 JUNE 6, 2018 JUNE 7, 2018 JUNE 8, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.

A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OFSPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING.
B. Performance Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: School and Classroom identify polynomials which are special products through pattern recognition
Determine the students
Write the LC code for each Rules Orientation find special products of certain polynomials
Readiness in Math 8
At the end of the period, at least 75% of Grading System apply special products in solving geometric problems
the students will be able to: Competencies solve problems involving polynomials and their products
II. CONTENT SPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages 19-38
2. Learner’s Materials Pages 23-55
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Present to the students the
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in Review the students in
introduction of lesson in page
B. Establishing a Purpose for the Administer to the Present to the students the yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
Lesson 8 of grade 8 LM
students the orientation competencies in Mathematics 8
Let the students do activity 4 Let the students do activity 4
of school and classroom Let the students answer
C. Presenting Examples/Instances and answer the question and answer the question
rules and Grading System activity 1 in page 9 of grade 8
of the Lesson below the activity in page 11- below the activity in page 13
in Mathematics 8 LM
12 of grade 8 LM of grade 8 LM
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students discover the Let the students discover the
Practicing New Skills#1 pattern for the product of pattern for the product of the
Let the student review in
the square of binomial by square of Trinomial by
E. Discussing New Concepts and multiplying polynomials
Practicing New Skills#2 studying the examples in studying the examples in page
Administer to the students the page 12 of grade 8 LM 14 of grade 8 LM
Pre-Test in Mathematics 8
F. Developing Mastery
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
activity 2 in page 9 of grade 8 lets practice numbers 1-5 in lets practice numbers 1-5 in
G. Finding Practical Application of
Concepts and Skills in Daily LM page 13 of grade 8 LM page 14 of grade 8 LM
Living
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and Let the students know their score Let the students restate how
product of the square of product of the square of
Abstractions about the lesson and the importance of the pretest. to multiply polynomials
binomial trinomial
Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
I. Evaluating Learning activity 3 in page 10 of grade lets practice numbers 6-10 in lets practice numbers 6-10 in
8 LM page 13 of grade 8 LM page 14 of grade 8 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 10-14, 2019 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JUNE 10, 2019 JUNE 11, 2019 JUNE 12, 2019 JUNE 13, 2019 JUNE 14, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.

A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SETS and the NUMBER SYSTEM
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate challenging situations involving sets and real numbers and solve these in variety of strategies
1. Describe and illustrate 1. Describe and define
a. well-defined sets; a. union of sets;
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: b. subsets; b. intersection of sets.
Write the LC code for each c. universal set, and;
2. Perform the set operations
At the end of the period, at least 75% of d. the null set.
the students will be able to: 2. Use Venn Diagrams to represent sets and a. union of sets;
subsets. b. intersection of sets.
3 . Use Venn diagrams to represent the union and intersection of sets.
II. CONTENT
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages
2. Learner’s Materials Pages
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
Present to the students the Let the students summarize
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
introduction and Activity 1 in Review the students in the Review the students in the Let the students summarize the lesson learned yesterday
Presenting New Lesson
page 1 of grade 7 LM yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson the lesson learned yesterday
B. Establishing a Purpose for the
Lesson
Let the students understand
Present and let the students
C. Presenting Examples/Instances Let the students answer the the concept of Venn diagram
answer the activity 1 in page Let the students master that
of the Lesson activity orally. by studying the examples in
5 of grade 7 LM the Union and Intersection
page 3 of grade 7 LM
Let the students understand Let the students understand between two sets by
D. Discussing New Concepts and
the concept of sets in page 2-3 the concept of Union and examining the examples in
Practicing New Skills#1 page 6-7 of Grade 7 LM
of grade 7 LM Intersection of Sets by
E. Discussing New Concepts and studying the examples in
Let the students answer
Practicing New Skills#2 page 6-7 of grade 7 LM
Exercise in page 8 of grade 7
Let the students answer Let the students answer the
F. Developing Mastery LM
exercise in page 2 of grade 7 exercise in page 3-4 of grade Let the students answer the
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3)
LM numbers 1-2 7 LM number 1-2 exercise in page 8 of grade 7
G. Finding Practical Application of LM number 1
Concepts and Skills in Daily
Living
v. PROCEDURES

Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the student restate the
H. Making Generalization and union and intersection
definition of sets and its definition of Venn Diagram definition of Union and
Abstractions about the lesson between two sets
components an its application Intersection

Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Give the students some
I. Evaluating Learning exercise in page 2 of grade 7 exercise in page 3-4 of grade exercise in page 8 of grade 7 exercises involving Union and
LM numbers 3-4 7 LM number 3 LM number 2-3 Intersection between two sets

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 17-21, 2019 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JUNE 17, 2019 JUNE 18, 2019 JUNE 19, 2019 JUNE 20, 2019 JUNE 21, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of sequences
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS is able to formulate and solve problems involving sequences in different discipline through appropriate and accurate representations
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1.differentiate a
Write the LC code for each
geometric sequence from
At the end of the period, at least 75% of 1.illustrate a geometric 2.find the geometric means 1. determine the sum of the
an arithmetic sequence Solve Problems Involving
the students will be able to: sequence between terms of a first n terms of a geometric
2. determine the nth term Geometric Sequence
geometric sequence sequence
of a given geometric
sequence

II. CONTENT Solving Real life Problems Involving Arithmetic Sequences and Geometric Sequences
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages
6. Learner’s Materials Pages 9-24
7. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
H. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson
I. Establishing a Purpose for the Review the student in last Review the student in Review the student in Review the student in Review the student in yesterday’s
Lesson week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson lesson
J. Presenting Examples/Instances of Let the students Let the students answer Let the students answer the
the Lesson understand how the activity 5 B in page 29 activity 6 in page 29 of Grade
geometric sequence are of Grade 10 LM 10 LM 31
K. Discussing New Concepts and obtain by studying the Let the students understand Let the students understand how
Practicing New Skills#1 examples in page 27 of Let the students how obtain the sum of to solve problems involving
L. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students answer
the activity 1 and 2 in page grade 10 LM understand how insert geometric sequence by geometric sequence
Practicing New Skills#2
26-27 of grade 10 LM Let the students answer geometric means are obtain studying the examples in page
activity 3 – 4 in page 28 of by studying the examples in 32 -36 of grade 10 LM
grade 10 LM page 30 of grade 10 LM
M. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer the some
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) the activity 5 A in page 29 activity 11 A and B. # 1-2 in exercise involving problems in
N. Finding Practical Application of
of Grade 10 LM page 42 of Grade 10 LM geometric sequences
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES
H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate Let the students restate Let the students restate how
Abstractions about the lesson the definition of geometric how to insert geometric to obtain the sum of
sequences means in geometric geometric sequence
sequences
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
the activity 7 in page37 of the activity 10 in page 41 activity B. # 3-5 in page 42 of activity C and D in page 42 of
Grade 10 LM of Grade 10 LM Grade 10 LM Grade 10 LM
J. Additional Activities for
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: NINE (9)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 9
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 17 - 21 2019 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES JUNE 17, 2019 JUNE 18, 2019 JUNE 19, 2019 JUNE 20, 2019 JUNE 21, 2019
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF Quadratic equations, quadratic inequalities and rational algebraic equations.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO investigate thoroughly mathematical relationships in various situations, formulate real-life problems involving quadratic equations,
B. Performance Standards:
quadratic inequalities and rational algebraic equations and solve them using variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each
solve quadratic equations by extracting square roots; solve quadratic equations by factoring;
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to:
II. CONTENT SOLVING QUADRATIC EQUATION

III. LEARNING RESOURCES


MATHEMATICS GRADE 9 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages
6. Learner’s Materials Pages 1-18
7. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
H. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Let the students understand
Presenting New Lesson Present to the students how to solve quadratic Present to the students
I. Establishing a Purpose for the Review the students in Review the students in yesterday’s
Lesson
activity 1 -2 in page 19- equation by extracting activity 1 -3 in page 30-32 of
yesterday’s lesson lesson
20 of grade 9 LM and let square roots by studying the grade 9 LM and let them
J. Presenting Examples/Instances them answer it examples in page 22- 24 of answer it
of the Lesson
grade 9 LM
K. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#1
Let the understand the Zero
Let the students answer
L. Discussing New Concepts and Product Property that leads Let the students answer activity 5 in
Let the students answer Let the students answer ativity 7 in page 26 of grade
Practicing New Skills#2 them to solve solve quadratic page 36 of grade 9 LM
activity 3-4 in page 21- activity 6 in page 25 number 9 LM
equation by factoring
22 of grade 9 LM 1-3 of grade 9 LM
M. Developing Mastery
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer Let the students answer
N. Finding Practical Application of activity 8 in page 26 of activity 4 numbers 1-5 in page
Concepts and Skills in Daily grade 9 LM 35 of grade 9 LM
Living
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate
Let the students restate how
H. Making Generalization and how to solve quadratic Let the students restate the
to solve quadratic equation
Abstractions about the lesson equation by extracting Zero Product Property
by extracting square roots
square roots
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer activity 6 in
I. Evaluating Learning activity 6 in page 25 number ativity 9-10 in page 27 of activity 4 numbers 6-10 in
page 37 of grade 9 LM
4-10 of grade 9 LM grade 9 LM page 35 of grade 9 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ To_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 18 - 22 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JUNE 18, 2018 JUNE 19, 2018 JUNE 20, 2018 JUNE 21, 2018 JUNE 22, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.

A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OFSPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING.
B. Performance Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. identify polynomials which are special products through pattern recognition
Write the LC code for each 2. find special products of certain polynomials
At the end of the period, at least 75% of 3. apply special products in solving geometric problems
the students will be able to: 4. solve problems involving polynomials and their products
II. CONTENT SPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages 19-38
6. Learner’s Materials Pages 23-55
7. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
H. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Review the students in
Presenting New Lesson yesterday’s lesson
I. Establishing a Purpose for the
Lesson
Let the students do activity 4 Review the students in Review the students in Review the students in Review the students in
and answer the question yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
J. Presenting Examples/Instances below the activity in page 11-
of the Lesson
12 of grade 8 LM
K. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#1
Let the students do activity 4
and answer the question Present to the students
Let the students discover the below the activity in page 13 activity 6 in page 15 of grade
pattern for the product of the of grade 8 LM 8 LM Let the students answer
L. Discussing New Concepts and Present to the students
square of binomial by Let the students discover the activity 9 in page 18 of grade
Practicing New Skills#2 activity 7 in page 16 of grade
studying the examples in page pattern for the product of 8 LM
8 LM
12 of grade 8 LM the square of Trinomial by
studying the examples in
page 14 of grade 8 LM
M. Developing Mastery Let the students answer the
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer the Let the students answer Lets Let the students answer Let the students answer
lets practice numbers 1-5 in
lets practice numbers 1-5 in practice in page 15-16 of activity 8 in page 17 of grade activity 10 in page 19 of grade
N. Finding Practical Application of page 14 of grade 8 LM
Concepts and Skills in Daily page 13 of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM # 1-5 8 LM 8 LM
Living
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and
product of the square of product of the square of product of the Sum an product of the cube of
Abstractions about the lesson
binomial trinomial Difference of Binomial Binomial
Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Let the students answer Lets Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning lets practice numbers 6-10 in lets practice numbers 6-10 in practice in page 15-16 of activity 11 in page 21 of
page 13 of grade 8 LM page 14 of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM # 6-10 grade 8 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 18-22 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JUNE 17, 2019 JUNE 18, 2019 JUNE 19, 2019 JUNE 20, 2019 JUNE 21, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.

THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SETS and the NUMBER SYSTEM
A. Content Standards:

THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate challenging situations involving sets and real numbers and solve these in variety of strategies
B. Performance Standards:

1. Describe and define the


C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Use Venn Diagram to 1. 1.Solve word problems
Write the LC code for each complement of a set 1. 1. Add integers using different approaches;
represent the complement involving sets with the use of
At the end of the period, at least 75% of 2. Find the complement of the 2. 2. Solve word problems involving addition of integers.
the students will be able to: of a set Venn diagrams
given set
II. CONTENT
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages
6. Learner’s Materials Pages
7. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
H. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Review the students in the Last Review the students in the Present to the students a Present to the students the Review the students in the
Presenting New Lesson
I. Establishing a Purpose for the week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson word problem involving sets sets of Real Number System yesterday’s lesson
Lesson
J. Presenting Examples/Instances Present to the students the
of the Lesson sample problems involving
K. Discussing New Concepts and complement of a set . let them Guide and lead the students Let the students understand
Practicing New Skills#1 understand how to obtain the Present to the students how to add integers using the
in answering the problems Let the students do activity 1
complement of a given set by some problems involving rules in addition of integers
L. Discussing New Concepts and Present another problems in page 18 of grade 7 LM
studyng the problems and Venn Diagram in and how to solve problems
Practicing New Skills#2 involving sets
examples in page 9 of grade7 LM Complement of a set involving addition of integers.

M. Developing Mastery Let the students understand Let the students understand
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer how to add integers using Let the students answer some
how to solve problems
Let the students answer activity some exercise involving numberline and square tiles exercise involving addition of
involving sets by studying the
N. Finding Practical Application of in page 10 of grade 7 LM Venn Diagram in by studying the examples in integers
Concepts and Skills in Daily examples in page 13-15 of
Complement of a set page 19-20 of grade 7 LM
Living Grade 7 LM

v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate how
Let the students restate how to add integers using rules in
H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate the to add integers using addition of integers and how
Abstractions about the lesson definition of Complement of a set numberline and square tiles to solve problems involving
addition of integers.

Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer exercise exercise A in page 21 of exercise B and C in page 21 of
I. Evaluating Learning exercise # 2-3 in page 11 exercises in page 16-17 of
# 1. in page 11 of grade 7 LM grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
of grade 7 LM Grade 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 24-28, 2019 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JUNE 24, 2019 JUNE 25, 2019 JUNE 26, 2019 JUNE 27, 2019 JUNE 28, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of sequences
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS is able to formulate and solve problems involving sequences in different discipline through appropriate and accurate representations
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Determine the other
Write the LC code for each 1. Solve Problems forms of Sequences 1.perform long division 2. prove the Remainder
At the end of the period, at least 75% of Involving Geometric 2. Find the nth term of and synthetic division on Theorem and the Factor 3. factor polynomials
the students will be able to: Sequence other form of polynomials Theorem
Sequences
II. CONTENT Solving Real life Problems Involving Geometric Sequences
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
A. References MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE

9. Teacher’s Guide Pages


10. Learner’s Materials Pages 9-24
11. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
12. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
O. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Let the students answer
Presenting New Lesson Review the studenta in Review the student in Present to the students the Review the student in yesterday’s
activity 2 in page 59 of grade
P. Establishing a Purpose for the the last week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson pre- test in page lesson
Lesson 10 LM
Q. Presenting Examples/Instances of
the Lesson Present to the students the Let the students answer Let the students understand Let the students understand the
other form of sequences; the Pre-test how to divide polynomials by synthetic division of polynomials
Let the students a.Harmonic Sequence b; studying the examples in page by studying the examples in
understand how to Fibonacci Sequence 58-59 page60-62 of grade 10 LM
solve problems involving
R. Discussing New Concepts and geometric sequence Let the students understand Let the students answer
Practicing New Skills#1 how to determine the activity 1 in page 57 of
Let the students answer
S. Discussing New Concepts and
the some exercise Harmonic Sequence and grade 10 LM
Practicing New Skills#2
involving problems in Fibonacci Sequence
T. Developing Mastery geometric sequences Let the students answer some Let the students Let the students answer Letsthes students answer activity
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) exercise in determining the understand the definition activity 3 in page 60 of grade 4 in page 63 of grade 10 LM
sequence whether Harmonic of polynomial expressions 10 LM number 1-3
Sequence or Fibonacci by studying he examples in
Sequence page 57 of grade 10 LM
U. Finding Practical Application of
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES
H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the the
Abstractions about the lesson definition of Harmonic definition of polynomial the process of division of process of synthetic division of
Sequence and Fibonacci expression polynomials polynomials
Sequence
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer Letsthes students answer activity
the activity C and D in activity 8 in page 39 of Grade activity 3 in page 60 of grade 4 in page 63 of grade 10 LM
page 42 of Grade 10 LM 10 LM 10 LM number 4-5
J. Additional Activities for
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to__________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
_
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: NINE (9)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 9
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 24-28 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES JUNE 24, 2019 JUNE 25, 2019 JUNE 26, 2019 JUNE 27, 2019 JUNE 28, 2019
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF Quadratic equations, quadratic inequalities and rational algebraic equations.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO investigate thoroughly mathematical relationships in various situations, formulate real-life problems involving quadratic equations,
B. Performance Standards:
quadratic inequalities and rational algebraic equations and solve them using variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each
solve quadratic equations by: ; (a) factoring; (b) completing the square; (c) using the quadratic formula;
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to:
II. CONTENT SOLVING QUADRATIC EQUATION

III. LEARNING RESOURCES


MATHEMATICS GRADE 9 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
9. Teacher’s Guide Pages
10. Learner’s Materials Pages
11. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
12. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
O. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in Review the students in Present of the students the activity Review the students in Review the students in
P. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson 1 in page 30 of grade 9 LM yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
Lesson
Q. Presenting Examples/Instances Present of the students the
Le t the students answer activity
of the Lesson activity 1 nd 2 in page 33-40 of
R.
Let the students answer 3 in page 32 of grade 9 LM
grade 9 LM
S. Discussing New Concepts and
ativity 7 in page 26 of
Let the students understand Let the students understand
Practicing New Skills#1 grade 9 LM
how solve quadratic equation how solve quadratic equation
using factoring by studying the using completing the square by
T. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#2 examples in page 32-34 of grade Let the students answer studying the examples in page
9 LM activity 3 in page 41 of grade 42-47of grade 9 LM
U. Developing Mastery Let the students answer 7 LM
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer ativity 4 Let the students answer ativity 4
ativity 8 in page 26 of grade 9
V. Finding Practical Application of in page 33 of grade 9 LM in page 33 of grade 9 LM
LM
Concepts and Skills in Daily number 1-5 number 1-5
Living
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate how Let the students restate how to Let the students restate how to
H. Making Generalization and
to solve quadratic equation sovle quadratic equation by sovle quadratic equation by
Abstractions about the lesson
by extracting square roots factoring completing the square
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer ativity 4 Let the students answer ativity 4
I. Evaluating Learning ativity 9 in page 27 of grade 9 ativity 10 in page 29 of in page 33 of grade 9 LM in page 33 of grade 9 LM
LM grade 9 LM number 6-10 number 1-5
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ To_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 18 - 22 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JUNE 25, 2018 JUNE 26, 2018 JUNE 27, 2018 JUNE 28, 2018 JUNE 29, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.

A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OFSPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING.
B. Performance Standards:
1. apply special products in solving geometric problems
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
2. solve problems involving polynomials and their products
Write the LC code for each
3. factor completely different types of polynomials
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to: 4. find factors of products of polynomials
5. solve problems involving polynomials and their factors.
II. CONTENT SPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
9. Teacher’s Guide Pages 19-38
10. Learner’s Materials Pages 23-55
11. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
12. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
O. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Let the students answer Present and let the students Let the students answer
P. Establishing a Purpose for the Review the students in Review the students in activity 1 -2 in page 26-28 to answer activity 5 in page activity 8 in page 35 of grade 9
Lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
Q. Presenting Examples/Instances 32 of grade 8 LM LM
Let the students answer
of the Lesson
activity 23 in page 29 of
R. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#1 grade 8 LM

Present to the students Let the students understand Let the students understand
S. Discussing New Concepts and how to factor using common how to factor difference of
Practicing New Skills#2 activity 7 in page 16 of grade Let the students answer
8 LM activity 9 in page 18 of grade monomial factor two squares
8 LM

T. Developing Mastery Let the students understand


(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer how to factor sum and
activity 8 in page 17 of grade 8 activity 10 in page 19 of exercise in page 31 of grade 8 activity 7 in page 34 of grade difference of two cubes
U. Finding Practical Application of
Concepts and Skills in Daily LM grade 8 LM LM 8 LM
Living
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and
product of the cube of
Abstractions about the lesson Let the students restate how Let the students restate how
Binomial
to factor common monomial to factor difference of two
Let the students answer
factor squares
I. Evaluating Learning activity 11 in page 21 of
grade 8 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 24-28, 2019 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JUNE 24, 2019 JUNE 25, 2019 JUNE 26, 2019 JUNE 27, 2019 JUNE 28, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.

THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SETS and the NUMBER SYSTEM
A. Content Standards:

THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate challenging situations involving sets and real numbers and solve these in variety of strategies
B. Performance Standards:

1. Add integers using


C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
different approaches;
Write the LC code for each
2. Solve word problems
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to:
involving addition of
integers.
II. CONTENT
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
9. Teacher’s Guide Pages
10. Learner’s Materials Pages
11. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
12. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
O. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Review the students in the Present to the students a Review the students in the Present to the students the Review the students in the
Presenting New Lesson
P. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterday’s lesson word problem involving sets lesson yesterday sets of Real Number System yesterday’s lesson
Lesson
Q. Presenting Examples/Instances Present to the students the
of the Lesson sample problems involving
R. Discussing New Concepts and complement of a set . let them
Practicing New Skills#1 understand how to obtain the Let the students do activity 1
complement of a given set by in page 18 of grade 7 LM Let the students understand
S. Discussing New Concepts and studyng the problems and how to add integers using the
Practicing New Skills#2 examples in page 9 of grade7 rules in addition of integers
LM Guide and lead the students and how to solve problems
in answering the problems Let the students understand involving addition of integers.
T. Developing Mastery
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer how to add integers using
Present another problems
activity in page 10 of grade 7 Present some problems numberline and square tiles
U. Finding Practical Application of involving sets
LM involving sets to the students by studying the examples in
Concepts and Skills in Daily
Living Let the students understand Let them work with their page 19-20 of grade 7 LM
how to solve problems seatmates in answering the
v. PROCEDURES involving sets by studying the problem
examples in page 13-15 of Let the students restate how
Grade 7 LM Let the students restate how to add integers using rules in
Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and to add integers using addition of integers and how
definition of Complement of a
Abstractions about the lesson numberline and square tiles to solve problems involving
set
addition of integers.

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning exercise in page 11 of grade 7 exercise A in page 21 of exercise B and C in page 21 of
LM grade 7 LM grade 7 LM

Let the students answer the


J. Additional Activities for exercises in page 16-17 of
Application or Remediation Grade 7 LM

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: July 1-5, 2019 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JULY 1, 2019 JULY 2, 2019 JULY 3, 2019 JULY 4, 2019 JULY 5, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of sequences
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS is able to formulate and solve problems involving sequences in different discipline through appropriate and accurate representations
C. Learning Competencies/
Objectives: Write the LC code for each
At the end of the period, at least 75%
1. perform synthetic division 1. Divide polynomials by 2. prove the Remainder Theorem
3. factor polynomials
of the students will be able to: on polynomials Synthetic Division and the Factor Theorem

II. CONTENT Polynomial Functions


III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
13. Teacher’s Guide Pages
14. Learner’s Materials Pages
15. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
16. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES
V. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson
Let the students answer
W. Establishing a Purpose for the Review the student in
Lesson activity 2 in page 59 of
yesterday’s lesson
X. Presenting Examples/Instances grade 10 LM
of the Lesson
Y. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students understand
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students
the synthetic division of
Z. Discussing New Concepts and understand how to divide
polynomials by studying the
Practicing New Skills#2 polynomials by studying
examples in page60-62 of
the examples in page 58-59
grade 10 LM
AA. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Letsthes students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment
activity 3 in page 60 of activity 4 in page 63 of grade
3)
grade 10 LM number 1-3 10 LM
BB. Finding Practical Application of
Concepts and Skills in Daily
Living
v. PROCEDURES
H. Making Generalization Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
and Abstractions about the the process of division of the process of synthetic
lesson polynomials division of polynomials
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Letsthes students answer
activity 3 in page 60 of activity 4 in page 63 of grade
grade 10 LM number 4-5 10 LM
J. Additional Activities for
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day whether Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
the objectives has attained Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor can
help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish
to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: NINE (9)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 9
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 24-28 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES JUNE 24, 2019 JUNE 25, 2019 JUNE 26, 2019 JUNE 27, 2019 JUNE 28, 2019
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF Quadratic equations, quadratic inequalities and rational algebraic equations.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO investigate thoroughly mathematical relationships in various situations, formulate real-life problems involving quadratic equations,
B. Performance Standards:
quadratic inequalities and rational algebraic equations and solve them using variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each
solve quadratic equations by: ; (a) factoring; (b) completing the square; (c) using the quadratic formula;
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to:
II. CONTENT SOLVING QUADRATIC EQUATION

III. LEARNING RESOURCES


MATHEMATICS GRADE 9 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
13. Teacher’s Guide Pages
14. Learner’s Materials Pages
15. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
16. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
W. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in Present of the students the activity Review the students in
X. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterday’s lesson 1 in page 30 of grade 9 LM yesterday’s lesson
Review the students in
Lesson
Review the students in yesterday’s lesson
Y. Presenting Examples/Instances Let the students answer Present of the students the
yesterday’s lesson Le t the students answer activity
of the Lesson ativity 7 in page 26 of activity 1 nd 2 in page 33-40 of
Z.
3 in page 32 of grade 9 LM
grade 9 LM
grade 9 LM
AA. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#1
Let the students understand Let the students understand
how solve quadratic equation how solve quadratic equation
BB. Discussing New Concepts and using factoring by studying the using completing the square by
Practicing New Skills#2
examples in page 32-34 of grade Let the students answer studying the examples in page
9 LM activity 3 in page 41 of grade 42-47of grade 9 LM
CC. Developing Mastery Let the students answer 7 LM
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer ativity 4 Let the students answer ativity 4
ativity 8 in page 26 of grade 9
DD. Finding Practical Application of in page 33 of grade 9 LM in page 33 of grade 9 LM
LM
Concepts and Skills in Daily number 1-5 number 1-5
Living
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate how Let the students restate how to Let the students restate how to
H. Making Generalization and
to solve quadratic equation sovle quadratic equation by sovle quadratic equation by
Abstractions about the lesson
by extracting square roots factoring completing the square
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer ativity 4 Let the students answer ativity 4
I. Evaluating Learning ativity 9 in page 27 of grade 9 ativity 10 in page 29 of in page 33 of grade 9 LM in page 33 of grade 9 LM
LM grade 9 LM number 6-10 number 1-5
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ To_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 18 - 22 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JUNE 25, 2018 JUNE 26, 2018 JUNE 27, 2018 JUNE 28, 2018 JUNE 29, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.

A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OFSPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING.
B. Performance Standards:
6. apply special products in solving geometric problems
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
7. solve problems involving polynomials and their products
Write the LC code for each
8. factor completely different types of polynomials
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to: 9. find factors of products of polynomials
10. solve problems involving polynomials and their factors.
II. CONTENT SPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
13. Teacher’s Guide Pages 19-38
14. Learner’s Materials Pages 23-55
15. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
16. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
V. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Present and let the students Let the students answer
Presenting New Lesson Let the students answer
Review the students in Review the students in to answer activity 5 in page activity 8 in page 35 of grade 9
W. Establishing a Purpose for the activity 1 -2 in page 26-28
Lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson 32 of grade 8 LM LM
X. Presenting Examples/Instances Let the students answer
of the Lesson
activity 23 in page 29 of
Y. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#1 grade 8 LM

Present to the students Let the students understand Let the students understand
Z. Discussing New Concepts and how to factor using common how to factor difference of
Practicing New Skills#2 activity 7 in page 16 of grade Let the students answer
8 LM activity 9 in page 18 of grade monomial factor two squares
8 LM

AA. Developing Mastery Let the students understand


(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer how to factor sum and
activity 8 in page 17 of grade 8 activity 10 in page 19 of exercise in page 31 of grade 8 activity 7 in page 34 of grade difference of two cubes
BB. Finding Practical Application of
Concepts and Skills in Daily LM grade 8 LM LM 8 LM
Living
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and
product of the cube of
Abstractions about the lesson Let the students restate how Let the students restate how
Binomial
to factor common monomial to factor difference of two
Let the students answer
factor squares
I. Evaluating Learning activity 11 in page 21 of
grade 8 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)


TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JUNE 24-28, 2019 QUARTER: ONE
DAILY LESSON LOG

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JUNE 24, 2019 JUNE 25, 2019 JUNE 26, 2019 JUNE 27, 2019 JUNE 28, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.

THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SETS and the NUMBER SYSTEM
A. Content Standards:

THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate challenging situations involving sets and real numbers and solve these in variety of strategies
B. Performance Standards:

3. Add integers using


C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
different approaches;
Write the LC code for each
4. Solve word problems
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to:
involving addition of
integers.
II. CONTENT
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
13. Teacher’s Guide Pages
14. Learner’s Materials Pages
15. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
16. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
V. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Review the students in the Present to the students a Review the students in the Present to the students the Review the students in the
Presenting New Lesson
W. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterday’s lesson word problem involving sets lesson yesterday sets of Real Number System yesterday’s lesson
Lesson
X. Presenting Examples/Instances Present to the students the Let the students understand
of the Lesson sample problems involving how to add integers using the
Y. Discussing New Concepts and complement of a set . let them Present some problems rules in addition of integers
Practicing New Skills#1 understand how to obtain the involving sets to the students and how to solve problems
complement of a given set by Let them work with their Let the students do activity 1 involving addition of integers.
Z. Discussing New Concepts and studyng the problems and seatmates in answering the in page 18 of grade 7 LM
Practicing New Skills#2 examples in page 9 of grade7 problem
LM
Guide and lead the students Let the students understand
AA. Developing Mastery
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) in answering the problems how to add integers using
Let the students answer
activity in page 10 of grade 7 numberline and square tiles
BB. Finding Practical Application of Present another problems
LM by studying the examples in
Concepts and Skills in Daily involving sets
Living
page 19-20 of grade 7 LM
Let the students understand
v. PROCEDURES how to solve problems
involving sets by studying the Let the students restate how
examples in page 13-15 of Let the students restate how to add integers using rules in
Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and Grade 7 LM to add integers using addition of integers and how
definition of Complement of a
Abstractions about the lesson numberline and square tiles to solve problems involving
set
addition of integers.

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning exercise in page 11 of grade 7 exercise A in page 21 of exercise B and C in page 21 of
LM grade 7 LM grade 7 LM

Let the students answer the


J. Additional Activities for exercises in page 16-17 of
Application or Remediation Grade 7 LM

VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
GRADES 1 TO 12 SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10

DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 16 - 20, 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JULY 2, 2018 JULY 3, 2018 JULY 4, 2018 JULY 5, 2018 JULY 6, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of Polynomials and polynomial equations
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS is able to formulate and solve problems involving Polynomials and polynomial equations through appropriate and accurate representations
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Proving the Rational Root Theorem
Write the LC code for each
2. Solve polynomial equation
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to: 3. Solve problems involving polynomials and polynomial
equations
II. CONTENT DIVISION OF POLYNOMIALS , REMAINDER THEOREM and FACTOR THEOREM

III. LEARNING RESOURCES


MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
17. Teacher’s Guide Pages 39-53
18. Learner’s Materials Pages 49-69
19. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
20. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
CC. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Present to the students
Present to the students the Present to the students the
DD. Establishing a Purpose for the the activity 1 and 2in page Review the students in the Review the students in the lesson
problems in activity 8 of activity 1 and 2 to the
Lesson 57-58 of grade 10 LM and lesson learned yesterday learned yesterday
grade 10 Lm page 66 students in page 70-71
let them answer it orally
EE. Presenting Examples/Instances of
the Lesson Present to the students the Guide the students in answer
Let the students study Let the students understand the
synthetic division on Let the students answer the activity
and understand how to Factor Theorem by studying the
FF. Discussing New Concepts and polynomials the activity 8 number 1-3 Let the students understand
divide polynomials by examples in page 74-75 of grade
Practicing New Skills#1 Let then understand the Guide the students in the Remainder Theorem by
studying the examples in 10 LM
GG. Discussing New Concepts and examples in page 60-62 of answering the activity studying the examples in page
Practicing New Skills#2 page 58-59 of grade 10
grade 10 LM 72-73 of grade 10 LM
LM
HH. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students do activity 4
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) activity 3 in page 30 of of grade 10 LM page 63 Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer the
II. Finding Practical Application of grade 10 LM numbers 1 activity 8 number 4-7 in activity 5 in page 76 of grade activity 7 in page 77 of grade 10
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
and 2 page 66 of grade 10 LM 10 LM LM
v. PROCEDURES
H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Factor
Abstractions about the lesson the steps how to divide steps how to divide steps how to solve Remainder Theorem Theorem
polynomials by long polynomials by Synthetic problems involving
division division polynomials
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
activity 3 in page 30 of activity 5 in page 64 of grade activity 9 in page 67 of activity 6 in page 76 of grade activity 8 in page 78 of grade 10
grade 10 LM numbers 3-5 10 LM grade 10 LM 10 LM LM
J. Additional Activities for
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 2- 6, 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JULY 2, 2018 JULY 3, 2018 JULY 4, 2018 JULY 5, 2018 JULY 6, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems involving factors of polynomials, rational algebraic expressions, linear equations and
B. Performance Standards: inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a
variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Factor completely the different types of polynomials
Write the LC code for each
2. Find the factors of products of polynomials
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to: 3. Solve problems involving polynomials and their products
II. CONTENT FACTORING
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages 19-38
2. Learner’s Materials Pages 23-55
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A.Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the
Present to the students Present to the students
Present to the students the Review the students in the yesterday lesson Present to
activity 9 in page 36 of grade activity 11 in page 39 of grade
B. Establishing a Purpose for the activity 1 and 2 in page 27 - lesson learned yesterday the student activity 8 in
Lesson 8 LM 8 LM
28 of Grade 8 LM page 35 of grade 8 LM

C. Presenting Examples/ Let the students do activity 3 Present to the students activity Let the students understand
Instances of the Lesson Let the students answer
in page 29 of Grade 8 LM 5 and 6 in page 32 of Grade 8 Guide the students in how to factor quadratic
D. Discussing New Concepts and activity 10 in page 37
LM answering the activity trinomial by studying the
Practicing New Skills#1
E. Discussing New Concepts and Guide the students in Guide the students in factoring Guide the students in examples in page 39-40 of
Practicing New Skills#2 discovering the common the Difference of two terms Factoring the Perfect square grade 8 LM
F. Developing Mastery monomial factors by Trinomial
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) answering activity 4 in page Let them understand the
30 of Grade 8 LM examples in page 33 of Grade 8 Let them realize that the Let the students answer the
G. Finding Practical LM factors has a special exercise in page 38 letters
Application of Concepts and Skills
Let them study the examples pattern a- e of grade 8 LM
in Daily Living
in page 31-32 of Grade8 LM
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate how Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate how
H. Making Generalization and Let the students do activity 12
to identify the common process of factoring the process of factoring the to factor a perfect square
Abstractions about the lesson in page 41 of grade 8 LM
monomial factors Difference of two terms two cubes trinomials
Let the students answer Ask the students to answer Ask the students to answer Let the students answer the
I. Evaluating Learning exercise in page 31 of Grade activity 7 in page 34 of grade 8 some exercise involving exercise in page 38 letters
8 LM LM factoring two cubes f- j of grade 8 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: June 24-28, 2019 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


June 24, 2019 June 25, 2019 June 26, 2019 June 27, 2019 June 28, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SETS and the NUMBER SYSTEM
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate challenging situations involving sets and real numbers and solve these in variety of strategies
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Subtract integers using :
1. Solve word problems 1. Solve word problems
Write the LC code for each a. Number Line
1. Add integers using different approaches; involving addition of involving Subtraction of
At the end of the period, at least 75% of b. Signed Tiles
the students will be able to: integers. integers.

II. CONTENT FUNDAMENTAL OPERATION IN INTEGERS


III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages 27-45`
2. Learner’s Materials Pages 18-32
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson
Present to the students Let the students answer the Present to the students the Let the students answer
B. Establishing a Purpose for the Review the students in the lesson
the activity 1 in page 18 exercise B in page 21 of activity 1 in page 22 of grade exercise B in page 26 of grade
Lesson learned yesterday
of grade 7 Lm grade 7 LM 7 Lm 7 LM
Let the students understand
C. Presenting Examples/Instances of Present to the students Present to the students some
the Lesson Let the students how to subtract using the
some word problems word problems involving
understand how to add Guide the students in formulating number line by studying the
D. Discussing New Concepts and involving addition of subtraction of integer
Practicing New Skills#1 integers using the the rules in adding like sign and examples in page 22-24 of
integer
E. number line by studying unlike sign integers grade 7 Lm
Guide them in answering Guide them in answering the
the examples in page Guide the students in
F. Discussing New Concepts and the problem problem
18-19 of grade 7 Lm formulating the rules in
Practicing New Skills#2
subtracting integers
G. Developing Mastery Give the students some Give the students some exercise Give the students another
Give the students some Give the students another set
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) exercises in adding adding same sign and unlike sign set of problems and let
exercise in subtracting of of problems and let them
H. Finding Practical Application of
same sign and unlike integers using the rules in addition them answer in in their
integers answer in in their own
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living sign integers of integers own
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate
Let the students restate the rules in Let the students restate how
H. Making Generalization and how to solve problems Let the students restate the
adding like sign and unlike sign to solve problems involving
Abstractions about the lesson involving addition of rules in subtracting integers
integers addition of integers
integers
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer Exercises A
I. Evaluating Learning exercise C in page 21 of exercise A in page 25 of exercise C in page 26 of grade
in page 20-21 of grade 7 LM
grade 7 LM grade 7 LM 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due
to______________ to______________ to______________
not). to______________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 9 - 13, 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JULY 9, 2018 JULY 10, 2018 JULY 11, 2018 JULY 12, 2018 JULY 13, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of Polynomials and polynomial equations
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS is able to formulate and solve problems involving Polynomials and polynomial equations through appropriate and accurate representations
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to:
CLASSES ARE SUSPENDED DUE TO HEAVY RAINFALL WARNING
II. CONTENT DIVISION OF POLYNOMIALS , REMAINDER THEOREM and FACTOR THEOREM

III. LEARNING RESOURCES


MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
21. Teacher’s Guide Pages 39-53
22. Learner’s Materials Pages 49-69
23. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
24. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
JJ. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson
KK. Establishing a Purpose for the
Lesson

LL. Presenting Examples/Instances of


the Lesson

MM. Discussing New


Concepts and Practicing New
Skills#1
NN. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#2

OO. Developing Mastery


(Leads To Formative Assessment 3)
PP. Finding Practical Application of
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES
H. Making Generalization and
Abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional Activities for
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 9 - 13, 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JULY 9, 2018 JULY 10, 2018 JULY 11, 2018 JULY 12, 2018 JULY 13, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to:
CLASSES ARE SUSPENDED DUE TO HEAVY RAINFALL WARNING
II. CONTENT FACTORING
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages 19-38
6. Learner’s Materials Pages 23-55
7. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
H. Reviewing Previous
Lesson or Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the
Present to the students Present to the students
Present to the students the Review the students in the yesterday lesson Present to
activity 9 in page 36 of grade activity 11 in page 39 of grade
I. Establishing a Purpose for the activity 1 and 2 in page 27 - lesson learned yesterday the student activity 8 in
Lesson 8 LM 8 LM
28 of Grade 8 LM page 35 of grade 8 LM

J. Presenting Examples/ Let the students do activity 3 Present to the students activity
Instances of the Lesson in page 29 of Grade 8 LM 5 and 6 in page 32 of Grade 8 Let the students answer
Guide the students in
K. Discussing New Concepts and LM activity 10 in page 37
Practicing New Skills#1 answering the activity
Guide the students in Guide the students in factoring Guide the students in Let the students understand
L. Discussing New Concepts and discovering the common Factoring the Perfect square how to factor quadratic
Practicing New Skills#2 the Difference of two terms
monomial factors by Trinomial trinomial by studying the
M. Developing Mastery
answering activity 4 in page Let them understand the examples in page 39-40 of
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3)
30 of Grade 8 LM examples in page 33 of Grade 8 Let the students answer the grade 8 LM
Let them realize that the
N. Finding Practical LM exercise in page 38 letters
Application of Concepts and Skills factors has a special
Let them study the examples a- e of grade 8 LM
in Daily Living pattern
in page 31-32 of Grade8 LM
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate how Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate how
H. Making Generalization and Let the students do activity 12
to identify the common process of factoring the process of factoring the to factor a perfect square
Abstractions about the lesson in page 41 of grade 8 LM
monomial factors Difference of two terms two cubes trinomials
Let the students answer Ask the students to answer Ask the students to answer Let the students answer the
I. Evaluating Learning exercise in page 31 of Grade activity 7 in page 34 of grade 8 some exercise involving exercise in page 38 letters
8 LM LM factoring two cubes f- j of grade 8 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 9 – 13,, 2018 QUARTER: ONE
DAILY LESSON LOG

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JULY 9, 2018 JULY 10, 2018 JULY 11, 2018 JULY 12, 2018 JULY 13, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SETS and the NUMBER SYSTEM
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate challenging situations involving sets and real numbers and solve these in variety of strategies
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
CLASSES ARE SUSPENDED DUE TO HEAVY RAINFALL WARNING
the students will be able to:
II. CONTENT FUNDAMENTAL OPERATION IN INTEGERS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages 27-45`
6. Learner’s Materials Pages 18-32
7. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
I. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson
J. Establishing a Purpose for the
Lesson
K. Presenting Examples/Instances of
the Lesson
L. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#1
M.
N. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#2
O. Developing Mastery
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3)

P. Finding Practical Application of


Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES
H. Making Generalization and
Abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due
to______________ to______________ to______________
not). to______________ to_____________

VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 16 - 20, 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JULY 16, 2018 JULY 17, 2018 JULY 18, 2018 JULY 19, 2018 JULY 20, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of Polynomials and polynomial equations
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS is able to formulate and solve problems involving Polynomials and polynomial equations through appropriate and accurate representations
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Illustrate polynomial equations 1. Conduct of Summative Test in
Write the LC code for each Module 2
2. Proving the Rational Root Theorem
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to: 3. Solve polynomial equation
4. Solve problems involving polynomials and polynomial equations
II. CONTENT POLYNOMIALS and POLYNOMIAL EQUATIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
25. Teacher’s Guide Pages 39-53
26. Learner’s Materials Pages 49-69
27. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
28. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
QQ. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Present to the students the
Review the students in Present to the students the
RR. Establishing a Purpose for the activity 1 in page 82 of grade 10 Review the students in the Review the students in the
the lesson learned post- test in page 51-55 of
Lesson LM lesson learned yesterday lesson learned yesterday
yesterday Grade 10 LM
Let the students answer it orally
SS. Presenting Examples/Instances of
the Lesson Let the students answer the Let the students study Let the students answer
activity 2 in page 83 of Grade 10 and guide them to activity 14 in page 94 of
TT. Discussing New Concepts and Lm complete the table in
Practicing New Skills#1 grade 10 LM
Guide the students in activity 6 and 7 in page
UU. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#2 understanding Rational Root 88-89 of Grade 10 LM
Theorems
VV. Developing Mastery Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) activity 8 and 9 in page Let the students answer the
Let the students answer activity Let the students answer the
WW. Finding Practical
90-91 of Grade 10 LM Let the students answer
3 – 6 in page 84 to 88 of Grade activity 12 and 13 in page 93 of post-test in page 51-55 of
Application of Concepts and Skills the activity 15 in page 95 of
in Daily Living 10 LM grade 10 LM Grade 10 LM
grade 10 LM
v. PROCEDURES

H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate the Let the students restate Let the students restate
Abstractions about the lesson proof of Rational Root Theorems the Rational Roots how to solve problems
Theorem involving polynomials and
polynomial equations
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer activity
7 in page 89 of grade 10 LM
J. Additional Activities for
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 16 - 20, 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JULY 16, 2018 JULY 17, 2018 JULY 18, 2018 JULY 19, 2018 JULY 20, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems involving factors of polynomials, rational algebraic expressions, linear equations and inequalities
B. Performance Standards: in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of
strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Factor completely the different types of polynomials
Write the LC code for each
2. Find the factors of products of polynomials
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to: 3. Solve problems involving polynomials and their products
II. CONTENT FACTORING
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages 19-38
2. Learner’s Materials Pages 23-55
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
or Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the
B. Establishing a Purpose for Review the students in the lesson learned yesterday
the Lesson Present to the students Review the students in the
yesterday lesson Present to Present to the students activity
activity 11 in page 39 of lesson learned yesterday Present to the students
the student activity 8 in page 9 in page 36 of grade 8 LM
C. Presenting Examples/ grade 8 activity 13 in page 44-45 of
35 of grade 8 LM
Instances of the Lesson
grade 8 LM

D. Discussing New Concepts and


Practicing New Skills#1
Present to the students the
Guide the students in
activity 12 in page 41 of Let students understand how
answering the activity Let the students answer
E. Discussing New Concepts and grade 8 LM to factor polynomials by
Practicing New Skills#2 Let them realize that the activity 10 in page 37
grouping
factors has a special pattern Guide the students in
Let the students
factoring quadratic trinomial
understand how to factor
F. Developing Mastery Guide the students in Factoring quadratic trinomial by Let them understand how to
the Perfect square Trinomial Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) studying the examples in factor quadratic trinomial by
Let the students answer the activity 14 in page 44 of grade
G. Finding Practical page 39-40 of grade 8 LM studying the examples in
exercise in page 38 letters 8 LM numbers 1-5
Application of Concepts and page 42-44 of grade 8 LM
Skills in Daily Living a- e of grade 8 LM
v. PROCEDURES

Let the students restate the Let the students restate how to Let the students restate how
H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate how
process of factoring the two factor a perfect square to factor polynomials by
Abstractions about the lesson to factor quadratic trinomial
cubes trinomials grouping
Let the students do activity
Ask the students to answer Let the students answer the 12 in page 41 of grade 8 LM Let the students to answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning some exercise involving exercise in page 38 letters exercises in factoring activity 14 in page 44 of grade
factoring two cubes f- j of grade 8 LM quadratic trinomial 8 LM numbers 6-10
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 16 - 20 2018 QUARTER: ONE
7 :30 – 8: 30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES JULY 16 , 2017 JULY 17 , 2017 JULY 18 , 2017 JULY 19 , 2017 JULY 20 , 2017
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SETS and the NUMBER SYSTEM
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate challenging situations involving sets and real numbers and solve these in variety of strategies
1. State and illustrate the different properties of the
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Find the quotient of two operations on integers
1. Multiply integers.
Write the LC code for each integers. (a.closure b.commutative c.associative
2. Apply multiplication of integers in solving problems
At the end of the period, at least 75% of 2. Solve problems involving d. distributive e. Identity f. Inverse)
the students will be able to:
3. Solve problems involving division of integers
division of integers 2. Rewrite given expressions according to the given
property.
II. CONTENT FUNDAMENTAL OPERATION IN INTEGERS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages 27-45`
2. Learner’s Materials Pages 18-32
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Present to the students the Present to the students the Present to the students
Presenting New Lesson Review the students the Present to the students the activity
activity 1 in page 27 of grade 7 activity 1 in page 33 of the different properites
B. Establishing a Purpose for the lesson learned yesterday 1 in page 30 of grade 7 Lm
Lesson Lm grade 7 Lm on operation of integers
Let the students understand how Let the students understand how to
C. Presenting Examples/Instances of
the Lesson to multiply integers by studying divide integers by studying the
Present to the students Let the students play the
the examples in page 27-28 of examples in page 31-32 of grade 7 Lm Let them copy it I their
D. Discussing New Concepts and some problems involving game in Activty 2 page 33
Practicing New Skills#1 grade 7 Lm notes
multiplication of integers Guide the students in formulating the
of grade 7 LM
E. Discussing New Concepts and Guide the students in formulating
Practicing New Skills#2 the rules in multiplying integers rules in division of integers

F. Developing Mastery Give the students some


Guide the students in Let the sudents answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Give the students some exercise exercise in solving Give the students some exercise in
answering Activty 3 page Exercise A in page 39 of
G. Finding Practical Application of
in multiplying integers problems involving dividing integers
34 of grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living multiplying integers
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate
Let the students restate
H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate the rules how to solve problems Let the students restate the rules
the different properites
Abstractions about the lesson in multiplying integers involving multiplication of in dividing integers
on operation of integers
integers
Let the students answer Let the sudents answer
Let the students answer exercise Let the students answer exercise
I. Evaluating Learning exercise B and C in page Exercise B and C in page
A in page 29 of grade 7 LM A-C in page 31-32 of grade 7 LM
29 of Grade 7 LM 39 of grade 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 23 - 27, 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JULY 23, 2018 JULY 24, 2018 JULY 25, 2018 JULY 26, 2018 JULY 27, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of Polynomials and polynomial equations
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS is able to formulate and solve problems involving Polynomials and polynomial equations through appropriate and accurate representations
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Illustrate polynomial equations 1. Conduct of Summative Test in
Write the LC code for each Module 2
2. Proving the Rational Root Theorem
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to: 3. Solve polynomial equation
4. Solve problems involving polynomials and polynomial equations
II. CONTENT POLYNOMIALS and POLYNOMIAL EQUATIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
29. Teacher’s Guide Pages 39-53
30. Learner’s Materials Pages 49-69
31. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
32. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
XX. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Present to the students the
Review the students in Present to the students the
YY. Establishing a Purpose for the activity 1 in page 82 of grade 10 Review the students in the Review the students in the
the lesson learned post- test in page 51-55 of
Lesson LM lesson learned yesterday lesson learned yesterday
yesterday Grade 10 LM
Let the students answer it orally

ZZ. Presenting Examples/Instances of


the Lesson Let the students answer the
Let the students study Let the students answer
activity 2 in page 83 of Grade 10
AAA. Discussing New and guide them to activity 14 in page 94 of
Lm
Concepts and Practicing New complete the table in grade 10 LM
Guide the students in
Skills#1 activity 6 and 7 in page
BBB. Discussing New understanding Rational Root
88-89 of Grade 10 LM
Concepts and Practicing New Theorems
Skills#2
CCC. Developing Mastery Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3)
Let the students answer activity activity 8 and 9 in page Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
DDD. Finding Practical
90-91 of Grade 10 LM activity 12 and 13 in page 93 of Let the students answer post-test in page 51-55 of
Application of Concepts and Skills 3 – 6 in page 84 to 88 of Grade grade 10 LM the activity 15 in page 95 of Grade 10 LM
in Daily Living 10 LM grade 10 LM
v. PROCEDURES

H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate the Let the students restate Let the students restate
Abstractions about the lesson proof of Rational Root Theorems the Rational Roots how to solve problems
Theorem involving polynomials and
polynomial equations
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer activity
7 in page 89 of grade 10 LM
J. Additional Activities for
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 23 - 27, 2018 QUARTER: ONE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


JULY 23, 2018 JULY 24, 2018 JULY 25, 2018 JULY 26, 2018 JULY 27, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SPECIAL PRODUCTS AND FACTORING.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems involving factors of polynomials, rational algebraic expressions, linear equations and inequalities
B. Performance Standards: in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of
strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Factor completely the different types of polynomials
Write the LC code for each
2. Find the factors of products of polynomials
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to: 3. Solve problems involving polynomials and their products
II. CONTENT FACTORING
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages 19-38
6. Learner’s Materials Pages 23-55
7. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
H. Reviewing Previous Lesson
or Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the
I. Establishing a Purpose for Review the students in the lesson learned yesterday
the Lesson Present to the students Review the students in the
yesterday lesson Present to Present to the students activity
activity 11 in page 39 of lesson learned yesterday Present to the students
the student activity 8 in page 9 in page 36 of grade 8 LM
J. Presenting Examples/ grade 8 activity 13 in page 44-45 of
35 of grade 8 LM
Instances of the Lesson
grade 8 LM

K. Discussing New Concepts and


Practicing New Skills#1
Present to the students the
Guide the students in
activity 12 in page 41 of Let students understand how
answering the activity Let the students answer
L. Discussing New Concepts and grade 8 LM to factor polynomials by
Practicing New Skills#2 Let them realize that the activity 10 in page 37
grouping
factors has a special pattern Guide the students in
Let the students
factoring quadratic trinomial
understand how to factor
M. Developing Mastery Guide the students in Factoring quadratic trinomial by Let them understand how to
the Perfect square Trinomial Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) studying the examples in factor quadratic trinomial by
Let the students answer the activity 14 in page 44 of grade
N. Finding Practical page 39-40 of grade 8 LM studying the examples in
exercise in page 38 letters 8 LM numbers 1-5
Application of Concepts and page 42-44 of grade 8 LM
Skills in Daily Living a- e of grade 8 LM
v. PROCEDURES

Let the students restate the Let the students restate how to Let the students restate how
H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate how
process of factoring the two factor a perfect square to factor polynomials by
Abstractions about the lesson to factor quadratic trinomial
cubes trinomials grouping
Let the students do activity
Ask the students to answer Let the students answer the 12 in page 41 of grade 8 LM Let the students to answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning some exercise involving exercise in page 38 letters exercises in factoring activity 14 in page 44 of grade
factoring two cubes f- j of grade 8 LM quadratic trinomial 8 LM numbers 6-10
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: JULY 23 - 27 2018 QUARTER: ONE
7 :30 – 8: 30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES JULY 23 , 2017 JULY 24 , 2017 JULY 25 , 2017 JULY 26 , 2017 JULY 27 , 2017
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF SETS and the NUMBER SYSTEM
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate challenging situations involving sets and real numbers and solve these in variety of strategies
1. State and illustrate the different properties of the 1. Express rational numbers from fraction form to
1. Define rational numbers;
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: operations on integers decimal form (terminating and repeating and
2. Illustrate rational numbers
Write the LC code for each (a.closure b.commutative c.associative non-terminating) and vice versa;
on the number line;
At the end of the period, at least 75% of d. distributive e. Identity f. Inverse) 2. Add and subtract rational numbers;
the students will be able to:
3. Arrange rational numbers
2. Rewrite given expressions according to the given 3. Solve problems involving addition and
on the number line.
property. subtraction of rational numbers.
II. CONTENT Properties of the Operations on Integers and Rational Numbers in the Number Line
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages 27-45`
6. Learner’s Materials Pages 18-32
7. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
H. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Present to the students Present to the students the Let the students answer
Presenting New Lesson Present to the students the Present to the students the activity
the different properites activity 1 in page 44 of activity 2 in page 44 of
I. Establishing a Purpose for the activity 1 in page 33 of grade 7 Lm 1 in page 41 of grade 7 LM
Lesson on operation of integers grade 7 LM grade 7 LM

J. Presenting Examples/Instances of Guide the students in Guide the students in


the Lesson Guide the students in determing changing forms of rational Adding and Subtracting
Let the students play the game in Let them copy it I their
K. Discussing New Concepts and the rational numbers in the number by studying the rational number by
Practicing New Skills#1
Activty 2 page 33 of grade 7 LM notes
number line examples in page 41-43 of studying the examples in
L. Discussing New Concepts and grade 7 LM page 45-48of grade 7 LM
Practicing New Skills#2
M. Developing Mastery Let the understand the and plot
Let the sudents answer Give some exercise in Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Guide the students in answering rational numbers in the number
Exercise A in page 39 of changing forms of rational exercise A. in page 49 of
N. Finding Practical Application of
Activty 3 page 34 of grade 7 LM line by studying the examples in
grade 7 LM number grade 7 LM
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living page 41-43 of grade 7 LM
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate Let the students restate the how Let the students restate the Let the students restate
H. Making Generalization and
the different properites to locate rational numbers in the how to change forms of the how to add and
Abstractions about the lesson
on operation of integers number line rational number subtract rational number
Let the sudents answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer exercise
I. Evaluating Learning Exercise B and C in page exercise B-D in page 49
in page 43 of grade 7 LM
39 of grade 7 LM of grade 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: SEPTEMBER 3 - 7, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


September 03, 2018 September 04, 2018 September 05, 2018 September 06, 2018 September 07, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of Polynomials and polynomial functions
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS is able to conduct systematically in different fields a mathematical investigation involving Polynomial functions.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each 1. Illustrate polynomial functions
At the end of the period, at least 75% of 2. Graph polynomial functions
the students will be able to:
3. Solve problems involving polynomial functions

II. CONTENT POLYNOMIAL FUNCTION


III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
33. Teacher’s Guide Pages
34. Learner’s Materials Pages
35. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
36. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES

Present to the students the Review the students in


EEE. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Lesson Introduction and the the yesterdays lesson
Presenting New Lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
Modules Map
Let the students answer Let the students answer
FFF. Establishing a Purpose for the Let the students answer activity activity 4 in page 108 of activity 6 in page 111 of grade
Lesson 1 in page 106 of grade 10 LM grade 10 LM 10 LM
GGG. Presenting Let the students
Examples/Instances of the Lesson understand how to
Let the students understand how
determine the Let the students answer
A. Discussing New Concepts
to rewrite polynomial functions
intercepts of the given activity 7 in page 112 of grade
and Practicing New Skills#1 in standard form
polynomial functions by 10 LM Let the students examine
B. Discussing New Concepts Let the students examine
and Practicing New Skills#2 examining several activity 11 in page 119 of
activity 9 in page 115-117
examples grade 10 LM
of grade 10 LM
C. Developing Mastery Let the students answer activity Let the stundents Let the students understand
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) 2 in page 107 of grade 10 LM answer activity 5 in page how to graph polynomial
D. Finding Practical 110 of grade 10 numbers functions by examining several
Application of Concepts and Skills
1and 2 expresions
in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES

H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate how to Let the students restate
Let the students restate how to
Abstractions about the lesson rewrite polynomial functions in how to determine the
graph the given polynomial
standard form intercepts of given
functions
polynomial functions
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer activity Let the sudentsaswer Let the sudentsaswer activity
3 in page 108 of grade 10 LM Let the stundents 12 in page 121-122 of grade 10
activity 10 in page 118 of
answer activity 5 in page LM
grade 10 LM
110 of grade 10
numbers 3 – 5.
J. Additional Activities for
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:


MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: September 3 – 7, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


September 3, 2018 September 4, 2018 September 5, 2018 September 6, 2018 September 7, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and
A. Content Standards:
inequalities in two variables and linear functions.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in
B. Performance Standards:
two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each  describe and illustrate the Rectangular Coordinate System and its uses; and
At the end of the period, at least 75% of • describe and plot positions on the coordinate plane using the coordinate axes.
the students will be able to:
II. CONTENT
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages
2. Learner’s Materials Pages
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
Present to the students the
Lesson Introduction and the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
or Presenting New Lesson Modules Map yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson

B. Establishing a Purpose for


Let the students understand
the Lesson
Let the students do activity 1 the definition of Cartesian Let the students answer
and 2 in page 119 of grade 8 Plane, its parts and coordinates activity 4 in page 124 of
C. Presenting Examples/
Instances of the Lesson LM by studying the lectures in page grade 8 LM
122-123 of grade 8 LM
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students understand
Practicing New Skills#1 how to determine the Let the students examine the Let the students do activity 3 Let the students answer
Let the students do activity – 5 in page 129 – 131 of activity 9 -10 in page 131-133
Cartesian Product of two set examples in page 123 of grade
E. Discussing New Concepts and 6 in page 125 of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM of grade 8 LM
Practicing New Skills#2 as presparation for Catresain 8 LM
Coordinate Plane
F. Developing Mastery
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer the Let the students draw and plot Let the students answer
G. Finding Practical
exercise 1 in page 121 of points in the cartesian activity 7 in page 126 of
Application of Concepts and grade 8 LM coordinate plane grade 8 LM
Skills in Daily Living

v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate how to
Let the students restate how Let the students restate
H. Making Generalization and draw the Cartesian Plane and
to determine the Cartesian how to locate how points in Let the students answer
Abstractions about the lesson how to plot points in the
product of the givem sets the catersian plane. activity 11 - 12 in page 134 of
catersian plane.
Let the students answer Let the students answer grade 8 LM
I. Evaluating Learning exercise 2 in page 121 of activity 8 in page 129 of
grade 8 LML grade 8 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: September 3 - 7, 2018 QUARTER: TWO
7 :30 – 8: 30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES September 3, 2018 September 4, 2018 September 5, 2018 September 6, 2018 September 7, 2018
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
1. Describe what it means to measure;
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 2. Describe the development of measurement from the primitive to the present international system of unit;
Write the LC code for each 3. Estimate or approximate length;
At the end of the period, at least 75% of 4. Use appropriate instruments to measure length;
the students will be able to: 5. Convert length measurement from one unit to another, including the English system;
6. Solve problems involving length, perimeter and area.
II. CONTENT Measurement and Measuring Length
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
9. Teacher’s Guide Pages
10. Learner’s Materials Pages
11. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
12. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
O. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Present to the students the
Presenting New Lesson Lesson Introduction and the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
P. Establishing a Purpose for the Modules Map yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
Lesson
Present to the students the Present to the students the
body parts that the ancient other system of Let the students Read the Let the students answer
Q. Presenting Examples/Instances of
people use in measurements measurement use by the History of Measurement in activity in page 120 of grade 7
the Lesson
of thinigs; palm, handspan early people; inch, feet and page 118-119 of grade 7 LM LM
and forearm yard
R. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students experience Let the students undertand
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students experience Let the students understand
how to measure like the the Metric System of Let the students answer
how to measure like the how to convert one unit of
ancient people using inch, Measurements and how to Exersice in page 122 – 123 of
ancient people by doinig length in the English system to
S. Discussing New Concepts and feet and yard by doinig convert one unit to another grade 7 LM
Practicing New Skills#2 activity in page 115 of grade another unit of lengths by
activity in page 117 of unit by studying the examples
7 LM studying the examples.
grade 7 LM in page 120-121 of grade 7 LM
T. Developing Mastery Let the students answer some Let the students answer some
Discuss to the students their
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Discuss to the students exercise in converting one unit exercise in converting one unit
answers and the History of
U. Finding Practical Application of
their answers of length to another unit of of length to another unit of
Measurements
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living length length
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the
Let the students restate the conversion factor of Unit of
Let the students restate the Length ini the English System; 1 Let the students restate the
different unit of length
body parts that the ancient foot = 12 inches, 1 yard = 3 different unit of length under Discuss to the students the
H. Making Generalization and under English System of
people use in measurements feet Metric System of summary of the lesson in
Abstractions about the lesson Measurements use by the
of thinigs; palm, handspan For long distances, the mile is Measurements and its page 123 of grade 7 LM
early people; inch, feet and
and forearm used: conversion factors
yard
1 mile = 1,760 yards = 5,280
feet
Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
I. Evaluating Learning exercise in page 117 of exercise in page 119 of grade 7
grade 7 LM LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)


GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: SEPTEMBER 10 - 14, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


September 10, 2018 September 11, 2018 September 12, 2018 September 13, 2018 September 14, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of Polynomials and polynomial functions
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS is able to conduct systematically in different fields a mathematical investigation involving Polynomial functions.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each
Solve problems involving Solve problems involving Solve problems involving
At the end of the period, at least 75% of Graph polynomial functions Graph polynomial functions
the students will be able to: polynomial functions polynomial functions polynomial functions

II. CONTENT POLYNOMIAL FUNCTION


III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
37. Teacher’s Guide Pages
38. Learner’s Materials Pages
39. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
40. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES

Review the students in the Review the students in the


A. Reviewing Previous Lesson Review the students in Review the students in the Review the students in the
yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
or Presenting New Lesson the yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson

Let the students answer activity 4 Let the students answer


B. Establishing a Purpose for Let the students examine
in page 108 of grade 10 LM activity 6 in page 111 of
the Lesson activity 11 in page 119 of
grade 10 LM
grade 10 LM
C. Presenting
Examples/Instances of the Let the students understand how Let the students understand
Lesson Let the students answer
to determine the intercepts of the how to graph polynomial
D. Discussing New Concepts activity 7 in page 112 of
given polynomial functions by functions by examining several
and Practicing New Skills#1 grade 10 LM
examining several examples expresions Let the students examine
E. Discussing New Concepts
and Practicing New Skills#2 activity 9 in page 115-117
F. Developing Mastery Let the students of grade 10 LM
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the stundents answer activity understand how to
G. Finding Practical Application 5 in page 110 of grade 10 numbers graph polynomial
of Concepts and Skills in Daily
Living 1and 2 functions by examining
several expresions
v. PROCEDURES
H. Making Generalization Let the students restate how to Let the students restate Let the students restate how to
and Abstractions about the determine the intercepts of given how to graph the given graph the given polynomial
lesson polynomial functions polynomial functions functions
I. Evaluating Learning Let the stundents answer activity Let the students answer Let the sudentsaswer Let the sudentsaswer activity
5 in page 110 of grade 10 numbers activity 8 in page 115 of grade activity 10 in page 118 of 12 in page 121-122 of grade 10
3 – 5. 10 LM grade 10 LM LM

J. Additional Activities for


N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor can
help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish
to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: September 10 – 14, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


September 10, 2018 September 11, 2018 September 12, 2018 September 13, 2018 September 14, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and
A. Content Standards:
inequalities in two variables and linear functions.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in
B. Performance Standards:
two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each define relation and function; illustrate a relation and a
• describe and plot positions on the coordinate plane using the coordinate axes.
At the end of the period, at least 75% of function;
the students will be able to:
II. CONTENT
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages
2. Learner’s Materials Pages
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES

Review the students in the Review the students in the


A. Reviewing Previous Lesson yesterdays lesson Review the students in the
Review the students in the Review the students in the yesterdays lesson
or Presenting New Lesson yesterdays lesson
yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson

B. Establishing a Purpose for


Let the students understand
the Lesson
Let the students answer definition of relation anf
Let the students do activity 1
activity 4 in page 124 of grade function and its components
C. Presenting Examples/ in page 138 of grade 8 LM
Instances of the Lesson 8 LM by giving studying examples in
page 140-141 of grade 8 LM
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students answer
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students do activity 6 Let the students do exercise 3 – activity 9 -10 in page 131-
E. Discussing New Concepts and in page 125 of grade 8 LM 5 in page 129 – 131 of grade 8 133 of grade 8 LM
Practicing New Skills#2 LM Let the students answer
Let the students do activity 2 exercise 1 -3 in page 142 of
F. Developing Mastery
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer in page 139-140 of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM orally
G. Finding Practical
activity 7 in page 126 of grade
Application of Concepts and 8 LM
Skills in Daily Living

v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate how Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and definition of function and
to locate how points in the
Abstractions about the lesson function
catersian plane.

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students do active 3 in
I. Evaluating Learning activity 8 in page 129 of grade activity 11 - 12 in page exercise 4 – 5 in page 142 of
page 139-140 of grade 8 LM
8 LM 134 of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: September 10 - 14, 2018 QUARTER: TWO
7 :30 – 8: 30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES September 10, 2018 September 11, 2018 September 12, 2018 September 13, 2018 September 14, 2018
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
estimate or approximate
measures of convert weight/mass
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: Convert length
Use appropriate weight/mass and measurements from one
Write the LC code for each measurement from one Solve problems involving
instruments to measure volume; unit to another, including
At the end of the period, at least 75% of unit to another, including length, perimeter and area
the students will be able to:
length; use appropriate the English system;
the English system;
instruments to measure
weight/mass and volume;
II. CONTENT Measurement and Measuring Length
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
13. Teacher’s Guide Pages
14. Learner’s Materials Pages
15. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
16. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
V. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Present the history
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
measurement of Mass /Wieght
W. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
Lesson to the students
Let the studnets determine
Let the students Read the Let the students answer
X. Presenting Examples/Instances of what unit of mass/wiegth is
History of Measurement in activity in page 120 of
the Lesson approppreiate to some thing
page 92 of grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
in the classroom
Y. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students undertand Present to the students the
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students understand the Metric System of conversion factors for mass
how to convert one unit of Measurements and how to Let the students answer Let the students enumartes /wieght
length in the English system convert one unit to another Exersice in page 96 – 97 of some instruments used to
Z. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#2 to another unit of lengths by unit by studying the grade 7 LM measure mass / wieght
studying the examples. examples in page 94 - 95 of
grade 7 LM
AA. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Give some exercise to the
Let the students answer Give some exercise to the
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) some exercise in converting students involving the
some exercise in students involving the
BB. Finding Practical Application of
one unit of length to appropriate units for
converting one unit of conversion of one unit of
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living another unit of length measuring things
length to another unit of mass/weight to another
length units.
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the
conversion factor of Unit of
Length ini the English Let the students restate the
System; 1 foot = 12 inches, different unit of length Discuss to the students the Let the students restaste the Let the students restaste the
H. Making Generalization and
1 yard = 3 feet under Metric System of summary of the lesson in page different unit for measuring conversion factors for mass
Abstractions about the lesson
For long distances, the Measurements and its 98 of grade 7 LM mass/weight /wieght
mile is used: conversion factors
1 mile = 1,760 yards =
5,280 feet
Give some exercise to the
Let the students answer the Let the students answer
students involving the
I. Evaluating Learning exercise in page 93 of grade exercise in page 106 of grade
appropriate units for
7 LM 7 LM
measuring things
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: SEPTEMBER 17 - 21, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


September 17, 2018 September 18, 2018 September 19, 2018 September 20, 2018 September 21, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of Polynomials and polynomial functions
B. Performance THE LEARNERS is able to conduct systematically in different fields a mathematical investigation involving Polynomial functions.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/
Objectives: Write the LC code for derive inductively the relations among chords, arcs, central prove theorems related to
each Solve problems involving Solve problems involving
angles, and inscribed angles; chords, arcs, central angles,
At the end of the period, at least polynomial functions polynomial functions
75% of the students will be able illustrate segments and sectors of circles; and inscribed
to:
II. CONTENT POLYNOMIAL FUNCTION
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
41. Teacher’s Guide Pages
42. Learner’s Materials Pages
43. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
44. Additional Materials from
Learning resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES
Present to the students the
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
B. Reviewing Previous Lesson Review the students in the introductions and module
last week lesson yeserdays lesson yeserdays lesson
or Presenting New Lesson yesterdays lesson maps of the Lesson about
circles.

Let the students examine Let the students answer the Pre
B. Establishing a Purpose
activity 9 in page 115-117 of Assessment in the page 137-142
for the Lesson
grade 10 LM of grade 10 LM

C. Presenting Let the students answer the Let the students


Examples/Instances of the Let the students examine understand the definition Let the students understand
activity 1 in page 135-136 of
Lesson activity 11 in page 119 of grade and theorems of circles and the definition and theorems of
grade 10 LM
D. Discussing New
10 LM its parts by studying page circles and its parts by studying
Let the students answer the
Concepts and Practicing 141-146 page 147-149
activity 2 in page 137 of grade
New Skills#1
10 LM
E. Discussing New Let the students answer the
Concepts and Practicing activity 3 in page 138-139 of
New Skills#2
grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery
(Leads To Formative
Assessment 3) Let the students answer the
Let the students answer
G. Finding Practical activity 4 in page 140 of grade
activity 5 in page 150 of
Application of Concepts 10 LM
and Skills in Daily Living grade 10 LM
v. PROCEDURES

H. Making The the students restate The the students restate the
Generalization and the defintions and theorems involving arcs,
Abstractions about the theorems of circles and its aandacr lengths.
lesson parts.

I. Evaluating Learning Let the sudentsaswer activity 12 Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the sudentsaswer activity in page 121-122 of grade 10 LM activity 8 and 9 in page 152-
activity 6 and 7 in page 151
10 in page 118 of grade 10 LM 153 of grade 7 LM
of grade 7 LM
J. Additional Activities
for Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
whether the objectives Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
has attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well?
Why did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor
can help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: September 17 - 21, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


September 17, 2018 September 18, 2018 September 19, 2018 September 20, 2018 September 21, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and
A. Content Standards:
inequalities in two variables and linear functions.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in
B. Performance Standards:
two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: Determine the corressponde
Write the LC code for each define relation and function; Determine the Domain and
illustrate a relation Represent a relations of a givien relations
At the end of the period, at least 75% of range of a given Relations
the students will be able to: Difine Functions
II. CONTENT
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages
2. Learner’s Materials Pages
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson Review the students in the
or Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
yesterdays lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
the Lesson

Let the students do Let the students answer Let the students understand
C. Presenting Examples/ Let the students understand
activity 1 in page 138 of activity 4 in page 141 of the correspondence of a given
Instances of the Lesson the definition of Dmain and
grade 8 LM grade 8 LM Let the students understand how Relations and definition of
range of given Relations by
to represent relations by studying functions by studying the
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students do stdying the examples in page
Practicing New Skills#1 the examples in page 143 of examples in page 147-148 of
activity 2 in page 139-140 145 of grade 8 LM
E. Discussing New Concepts and grade 8 LM grade 8 LM
Practicing New Skills#2 of grade 8 LM
Let the students answer
F. Developing Mastery Let the students
exercise 1 -3 in page 142 of
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) understand the Definition Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
grade 8 LM
of Relation by studing illustrative examples in page 144 exercise 7 - 8 in page 144 of exercise involving determining
G. Finding Practical
examples in page 140 of of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM a relations that is a funtions
Application of Concepts and
Skills in Daily Living
grade 8 LM

v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate how
Let the students restate the Let the students restate
H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate to determine the Domain Let the students restate the ways
Domain and range of the given different correspondence and
Abstractions about the lesson the definition of Relation and range of the given to represent relations
representation of relations definition of functions
Relations
Let the students do active Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
I. Evaluating Learning 3 in page 139-140 of exercise 4 – 5 in page 142 of exercise in page 145 of grade 8 exercise 9 - 10 in page 144 of exercise 11 in page 150 of
grade 8 LM grade 8 LM LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:


MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: September 17 - 21, 2018 QUARTER: TWO
7 :30 – 8: 30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES September 17, 2018 September 18, 2018 September 19, 2018 September 20, 2018 September 21, 2018
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
estimate or approximate convert unit of estimate or approximate convert unit of convert unit of
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
measures of Area measurements of area measures of volume; measurements of volume measurements of volume
Write the LC code for each
use appropriate units to from one unit to another, use appropriate units to from one unit to another, from one unit to another,
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to:
measure area including the English measure volume; including the English including the English
system; system; system;
Solve problems involving
weight/mass and
volume/capacity.
II. CONTENT Measurement and Measuring Length
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
17. Teacher’s Guide Pages 91-106
18. Learner’s Materials Pages 91-106
1. Text book Pages Elementary Algebra I Pg. 13-14 Elementary Algebra I Pg. 11-13 N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Let the students recite the Let the students recite the
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
units of area that they are units of Volume that they are
B. Establishing a Purpose for yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
the Lesson familiar of. familiar of.
Present to the students Present to the students te Present to the students the Present to the students te Let the students do the
C. Presenting
the units of area in the conversion factor for units of Volume in the Metrics conversion factor for activity B. in page 102 of
Examples/Instances of the Lesson
Metrics system measuring areas system measuring areas grade 7 LM
D. Discussing New Concepts Let the students understand Let the students understand Let the students understand
and Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students Let the students understand
how to convert one unit of how to convert one unit of the conversion of metric
understand the the appropreite units are use in
area to another by studying area to another by studying system to English system of
E. Discussing New Concepts appropreite units are use measurements of Volume.
and Practicing New Skills#2 the examples in page 13-14 the examples in page 11-12 of volume by studying examples
in measurements of area.
of Elementary Algebra I. Elementary Algebra I. in pages 103-104
F. Developing Mastery Let the students have
Let the students have some Let the studens answer some
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) some exercise in Let the students have some Let the students have some
exercise in determining the exercise in converting metric
determining the exercise in converting one exercise in converting one unit
G. Finding Practical Application of
appropriate units in measuring system unit to English System
appropriate units in unit of area to another unit of area to another unit
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living Volume. of volume
measuring area.
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the Let the students restate how Let the students restate the Let the students restate how Let the students restate how
H. Making Generalization and
different units for to convert one unit of area to different units for measuring to convert one unit of area to to convert metric system unit
Abstractions about the lesson Volume
measuring area another another to English System of volume
Let the students have an Let the students have an
Let the students answer Test Let the students answer Test Let the students answer
exercise in determining exercise in determining the
I. Evaluating Learning Your Self in pages 14 Your Self in pages 12-13 Exercise in page 103 of grade
the appropriate units in appropriate units in measuring
numbers 11-20. numbers 11-20. 7 LM
measuring area. Volume.
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?
Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)


GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: SEPTEMBER 24 - 25, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


September 24, 2018 September 25, 2018 September 26, 2018 September 27, 2018 September 28, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of circles and coordinate geometry.
B. Performance THE LEARNERS is is able to formulate and solve problems involving geometric figures on the rectangular coordinate plane with perseverance and accuracy.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/
Objectives: Write the LC code for derive inductively the relations prove theorems related to
each illustrate segments and solve problems involving chords, arcs, central angles, and
among chords, arcs, central chords, arcs, central angles,
At the end of the period, at least sectors of circles; inscribed angles of circles.
75% of the students will be able angles, and inscribed angles; and inscribed
to:
II. CONTENT POLYNOMIAL FUNCTION
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
45. Teacher’s Guide Pages
46. Learner’s Materials Pages
47. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
48. Additional Materials from
Learning resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES
Present to the students the
Review the students in Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
C. Reviewing Previous Lesson introductions and module
the yeserdays lesson yeserdays lesson yeserdays lesson yeserdays lesson
or Presenting New Lesson maps of the Lesson about
circles.
Let the students understand the
Let the students answer the definition and theorems of circles
B. Establishing a Purpose
Pre Assessment in the page and its parts by studying page 147-
for the Lesson
137-142 of grade 10 LM 149
C. Presenting Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
Let the students Let the students understand Let the students understand
Examples/Instances of the activity 1 in page 135-136 of activity 1 in page 135-136 of grade
Lesson understand the definition the definition of arc length the definition of sector of a
grade 10 LM and theorems of circles 10 LM and how to solve the arc circle and how to solve ector
D. Discussing New Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
and its parts by studying length of a circle. of a circle.
Concepts and Practicing activity 2 in page 137 of grade activity 2 in page 137 of grade 10
New Skills#1 page 141-146
10 LM LM
E. Discussing New Let the students answer the Let the students answer Let the students answer the
Concepts and Practicing activity 3 in page 138-139 of activity 3 in page 138-139 of grade
New Skills#2 activity 5 in page 150 of
grade 10 LM grade 10 LM 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer the Let the students answer Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Let the students answer the activity 4 in page 140 of grade 10 activity 10 in page 155 of activity 11 in page 155 of grade
Assessment 3)
activity 4 in page 140 of grade LM grade 10 LM numbers 1 and 2. 10 LM numbers 1 and 2.
G. Finding Practical
Application of Concepts
10 LM
and Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES
H. Making The the students restate
Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
Generalization and the defintions and The the students restate the
definition of arc lengths and definition of sector of a circle
Abstractions about the theorems of circles and its theorems involving arcs
how solve it. and how solve it.
lesson parts.

I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer activity 8 Let the students answer Let the students answer
activity 6 and 7 in page and 9 in page 152-153 of grade 7 activity 10 in page 155 of activity 11 in page 155 of grade
151 of grade 7 LM LM grade 10 LM numbers 3 and 4 10 LM numbers 3 and 4.

J. Additional Activities
for Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
whether the objectives Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
has attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well?
Why did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor
can help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: September 24 - 28, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


September 24, 2018 September 25, 2018 September 26, 2018 September 27, 2018 September 28, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and
A. Content Standards:
inequalities in two variables and linear functions.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in
B. Performance Standards:
two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of strategies.
illustrate a function;
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: Determine the corressponde differentiate dependent and
Write the LC code for each determine if a given relation is determine if a given relation is describe the domain and
of a givien relations independent variables; and
At the end of the period, at least 75% of a function using ordered pairs a function using equations. range of a function.
the students will be able to: Difine Functions
and graphs.

II. CONTENT
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages
6. Learner’s Materials Pages
7. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
or Presenting New Lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for last week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
the Lesson Review the students in the
yesterday’s lesson
C. Presenting Examples/ Let the students do activity 5 Let the students do activity 6 Let the students do activity 7
Instances of the Lesson in page 150 of grade 8 LM in page 153 of grade 8 LM in page 155 of grade 8 LM
Let the students understand
D. Discussing New Concepts and the correspondence of a Let the students understand
Practicing New Skills#1 given Relations and Let the students understand
how to determine the
definition of functions by the vertical line test;( If every Let the students understand Let the students understand
coordinates of the graph of
studying the examples in vertical line intersects the the difference of dependent how to determine the domain
E. Discussing New Concepts and the given equation for them
page 147-148 of grade 8 LM graph no more than once, the and independent variables and range of a afunctions
Practicing New Skills#2 to determine if the uquation
graph represents a function)
represent a function or not.

F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer the


Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) exercise involving
exercise involving graphs of a exercise involving equations exercise involving dependent exercise involvingdomain and
G. Finding Practical determining a relations that
funtions of a funtions and independent variables range of a given functios
Application of Concepts and is a funtions
Skills in Daily Living

v. PROCEDURES

Let the students restate Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate how
H. Making Generalization and different correspondence conditions that a relations I a conditions that a equations difference of dependent and to determine the domain and
Abstractions about the lesson and definition of functions functions represent I a functions independent variables range of a given functions

Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
I. Evaluating Learning exercise 11 in page 150 of exercise 12 in page 151 of exercise 13 in page 151 of exercise involving dependent exercise 14in page 159 of
grade 8 LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM and independent variables grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: September 24 - 28, 2018 QUARTER: TWO
7 :30 – 8:30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES September 24, 2018 September 25 2018 September 26 2018 September 27, 2018 September 28, 2018
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
1.estimate or approximate
1.estimate or approximate
measures of temperature;
1.estimate or approximate measures of time
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 2.use appropriate
measure volume of the given space three measures of angle, 2.use appropriate
Write the LC code for each instruments to measure
dimensional figures 2.use appropriate instruments instruments to measure
At the end of the period, at least 75% of temperature;
the students will be able to:
Solve problems involving volume/capacity. to measure angles, time;
3.solve problems involving,
3.solve problems involving
temperature and utilities
time, speed,
usage (meter reading).
II. CONTENT Measurement and Measuring Length
III. LEARNING RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
19. Teacher’s Guide Pages 91-106
20. Learner’s Materials Pages 91-106
1. Text book Pages Elementary Algebra I Pg. 13-14 Elementary Algebra I Pg. 11-13 N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Present to the students the Review the students in the
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
different formula for volume yesterdays lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
Lesson of three dimensional figure

Let the students do the


Let the studetns understand
C. Presenting activity B. in page 102 of Let the students do activity A Let the students do activity B Let the students do activity C
how to determine the
Examples/Instances of the Lesson grade 7 LM in page 133 of grade 7 LM in page 134 of grade 7 LM in page 134 of grade 7 LM
volume of the given three

Let the students understand Let the students understand


D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students understand
the difinitons and how to Let the students understand the notations of temperature
Practicing New Skills#1 dimensional figures by the conversion of metric
measure angles using the notations of time, and and how to covert units of
studying the examples in system to English system of
protractor and estimate the compute the speed (distance temperature by studying the
E. Discussing New Concepts and page 101 of grade 7 LM volume by studying examples
measure of an angle without travel over the given time) examples in page 135 of grade
Practicing New Skills#2 in pages 103-104
actual measurements 7 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the studens answer Let the studens answer some
Let the studens answer some Let the studens answer some Let the studens answer some
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) some exercise in solving the exercise in converting metric
exercise in estimating the exercise involving speed and exercise involving
G. Finding Practical Application of
volume of the given space system unit to English System
measure of the given angle. time. temperature
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living figures. of volume
v. PROCEDURES
let the students restate the Let the students restate the
Let the students restate how Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and formula of the determining notaions of temperature and
to convert metric system unit definition of angles and how notaions of time and how to
Abstractions about the lesson the volume of the given how to convert one unit to
to English System of volume to estimate it. compute for speed
space figures another
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning exercise in page 102 of Exercise in page 103 of grade Exercise in page 134 of grade Exercise in page 135 of grade Exercise in page 136 of grade
grade 7 LM 7 LM 7 LM 7 LM 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:


MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)


GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: October 1-5, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


October 1, 2018 October 2, 2018 October 3, 2018 October 4, 2018 October 5, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of circles and coordinate geometry.
B. Performance THE LEARNERS is is able to formulate and solve problems involving geometric figures on the rectangular coordinate plane with perseverance and accuracy.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/
Objectives: Write the LC code for prove theorems related
each illustrate segments and solve problems involving chords, arcs, central angles, and
to chords, arcs, central illustrate arc Length of circles;
At the end of the period, at least sectors of circles; inscribed angles of circles.
75% of the students will be able angles, and inscribed
to:
II. CONTENT POLYNOMIAL FUNCTION
III. LEARNING
MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
RESOURCES
A. References
49. Teacher’s Guide Pages
50. Learner’s Materials Pages
51. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
52. Additional Materials from
Learning resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

Reviewing Previous Review the students in the Review the students in Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Lesson or Presenting yeserdays lesson the yeserdays lesson yeserdays lesson yeserdays lesson yeserdays lesson
New Lesson

Let the students understand Let the students


the definition and theorems of understand the definition
B. Establishing a Purpose circles and its parts by and theorems of circles
for the Lesson studying page 141-146 and its parts by studying
page 147-149
Let the students answer Let the students understand
Let the students understand the Let the students answer
C. Presenting the activity 1 in page 135- the definition of sector of a
Examples/Instances of the definition of arc length and how to activity 12 in page 157 of grade
136 of grade 10 LM circle and how to solve ector
Lesson solve the arc length of a circle. 10 LM.
Let the students answer of a circle.
D. Discussing New the activity 2 in page 137
Concepts and Practicing
of grade 10 LM
New Skills#1
E. Discussing New Let the students answer Let the students answer
Concepts and Practicing activity 5 in page 150 of grade the activity 3 in page 138-
New Skills#2 10 LM 139 of grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer activity Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative
the activity 4 in page 140 10 in page 155 of grade 10 LM activity 11 in page 155 of
Assessment 3)
of grade 10 LM numbers 1 and 2. grade 10 LM numbers 1 and 2.
G. Finding Practical
Application of Concepts
and Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES
H. Making The the students restate the The the students restate Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
Generalization and defintions and theorems of the theorems involving definition of arc lengths and how definition of sector of a
Abstractions about the circles and its parts. arcs solve it. circle and how solve it.
lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer activity Let the students answer Let the students answer
activity 6 and 7 in page 151 of activity 8 and 9 in page 10 in page 155 of grade 10 LM activity 11 in page 155 of activity 13 in page 158 of grade
grade 7 LM 152-153 of grade 7 LM numbers 3 and 4 grade 10 LM numbers 3 and 4. 10 LM.
J. Additional Activities
for Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
whether the objectives Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
has attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well?
Why did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor
can help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: October 1 - 5, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


October 1, 2018 October 2, 2018 October 3, 2018 October 4, 2018 October 5, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and
A. Content Standards:
inequalities in two variables and linear functions.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in
B. Performance Standards:
two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: Identify the domain of the
Write the LC code for each describe the domain and define linear function;
function given its graph and
At the end of the period, at least 75% of range of a function. describe a linear function using its points, equation, and graph;
the students will be able to: equation of function;

II. CONTENT
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages
2. Learner’s Materials Pages
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
or Presenting New Lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for last week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
the Lesson

Let the students answer Let the students study the


C. Presenting Examples/ Let the students do activity Let the students do activity 1
activity 4 in page 171 of grade illustrative examples in page
Instances of the Lesson Let the students understand 10 in page 160 of grade 8 LM in page 168 of grade 8 LM
8 LM 174 of grade 8 LM.
how to determine the
D. Discussing New Concepts and domain and range of a Let the students do activity 5
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students answer athe in page 172 of grade 8 LM.
functions
question below the activity Let the students do activity 2 Let the answer activity 6 in
E. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#2 in page 169 of grade 8 LM page 175 of grade 8 LM

F. Developing Mastery
Let the students answer the Let the students study the Let the students study the Let the students study the
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer
exercise involving domain examples in page 160-161 of examples in page 170 of definition of Linear Function in
G. Finding Practical activity 7- 8 in page 176-179
and range of a given functios grade 8 LM grade 8 LM page 172 of grade 8 LM
Application of Concepts and
Skills in Daily Living

v. PROCEDURES
Let the students how to write Let the studetns restate how
Let the students restate how Let the students restate the Let the studetns restate the
H. Making Generalization and linear equation from obtain the value of the
to determine the domain and how to identify the domain definition of linear Functions
Abstractions about the lesson mathematical sentence to function, ordered pairs, and
range of a given functions of a function and its components
verbal phrases and vice versa first difference.

Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning exercise 14 in page 159 of exercise 15 in page 164 of activity 3 in page 170 of exercise 1 in page 173 og exercise 2 in page 180 of
grade 8 LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: October 1 - 5, 2018 QUARTER: TWO
7 :30 – 8:30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES October 1, 2018 October 2, 2018 October 3, 2018 October 4, 2018 October 5, 2018
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
1.estimate or approximate 1. estimate or approximate
1.estimate or approximate
1.estimate or approximate measures of time measures of utilities
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: measures of temperature; 1.solve problems
measures of angle, 2.use appropriate usage (meter reading).
Write the LC code for each 2.use appropriate involving, temperature
2.use appropriate instruments instruments to measure 2. solve problems involving
At the end of the period, at least 75% of instruments to measure and utilities usage
the students will be able to:
to measure angles, time; utilities usage (meter
temperature; (meter reading
3.solve problems involving reading).
time, speed,
II. CONTENT Measurement and Measuring Length
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
21. Teacher’s Guide Pages 91-106
22. Learner’s Materials Pages 91-106
1. Text book Pages Elementary Algebra I Pg. 14-16 N/A N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
last week’s lesson yesterdays lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
Lesson

C. Presenting Let the students do activity Let the students do activity A Let the students do activity B Let the students do activity D
Examples/Instances of the Lesson C in page 134 of grade 7 LM in page 133 of grade 7 LM in page 134 of grade 7 LM in page 137 of grade 7 LM
Let the students understand
Let the students understand
how to solve problems Let the students understand
D. Discussing New Concepts and the notations of
involving temperature by the difinitons and how to Let the students understand Let the students understand
Practicing New Skills#1 temperature and how to
studying the examples in measure angles using the notations of time, and the notations of meter reading
covert units of temperature
page 135 of grade 7 LM protractor and estimate the compute the speed (distance by studying the examples in
by studying the examples in
E. Discussing New Concepts and
page 135 of grade 7 LM measure of an angle without travel over the given time) page 137-138 of grade 7 LM
Practicing New Skills#2
actual measurements
F. Developing Mastery Let the studens answer Let the studens answer some Let the studens answer some Let the studens answer some Let the studens answer some
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3)
some exercise involving exercise involving exercise in estimating the exercise involving speed and exercise involving meter
G. Finding Practical Application of temperature temperature measure of the given angle. time. reading
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the
Let the students restate how Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and notaions of temperature Let the students restate the
to solve problems involving definition of angles and how notaions of time and how to
Abstractions about the lesson and how to convert one unit notaions of meter reading
temperatute to estimate it. compute for speed
to another
Let the students answer Test
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
your self pafe 15 of
I. Evaluating Learning Exercise in page 136 of grade Exercise in page 134 of grade Exercise in page 135 of grade Exercise in page 1339 of
Elementary Algebra Grade 7
7 LM 7 LM 7 LM grade 7 LM
Text book
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:


MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)


GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: October 8-12, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


October 8, 2018 October 9, 2018 October 10, 2018 October 11, 2018 October 12, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of circles and coordinate geometry.
B. Performance THE LEARNERS is is able to formulate and solve problems involving geometric figures on the rectangular coordinate plane with perseverance and accuracy.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/ prove theorems related to illustrate tangents and
Objectives: Write the LC code for
prove theorems on tangents
arcsand inscribed angle; secants segment of a circles;
each solve problems involving illustrate tangents and secants of and secants; solve problems
At the end of the period, at least solve problems involving solve problems involving
chords, arcs, central angles, circles; involving tangents and
75% of the students will be able arcsand inscribed angles tangents and secants
to: secants of circles.
of circles. segments of circles.
II. CONTENT CIRCLES
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
53. Teacher’s Guide Pages
54. Learner’s Materials Pages
55. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
56. Additional Materials from
Learning resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Review the students in the


Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Lesson or Presenting New last week’s lesson
Lesson
yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson

Let the students answer Let the students answer activity 1


activity 1 in page 161 of in page 178 of grade 10 LM Let the students answer Let the students answer
B. Establishing a Purpose
grade 10 LM activity 5 in page 189 of grade activity 1 and 2 in page 199-
for the Lesson
10 LM 200 of grade 10 LM

C. Presenting Let the students understand


Examples/Instances of the Let the students
theorems involving two
Lesson understand the definition
intersecting chords, external
D. Discussing New Let the students answer and theorems involving
Let the students do activity 2 and secants,Theorems on Secant
Concepts and Practicing activity 12 in page 157 of arcs and inscribe angles by
3 in page 179-182 of grade 10 LM Segments, Tangent Segments,
New Skills#1 studying the lectures in
grade 10 LM. Let the students answer and External Secant Segments
E. Discussing New page 165-166 of grade 10
Concepts and Practicing activity 6 in page 190 of grade by studying the lectures in
New Skills#2 LM
10 LM page 202-203 of grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students understand the Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative
activity 5 in page 167-168 definition and theorems involving activity 5 in page 204 of grade
Assessment 3)
of grade 10 LM tangents and secant of a circles by 10 LM
G. Finding Practical
Application of Concepts studying the lectures in page 183-
and Skills in Daily Living 187 of grade 10 LM
v. PROCEDURES

H. Making Let the students restate


Restate the definition and Restate the theorems
Generalization and the definition and Restate the theorems involving
theorems involving tangents and involving tangents and secant
Abstractions about the theorems involving arcs tangents secant segments
secant of a circles of a circles
lesson and inscribe angles

I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
activity 6 in page 168 of Let the students answer activity 4 activity 7 in page 194 of grade
activity 13 in page 158 of activity 6 in page 205 of grade
grade 10 LM in page 188 of grade 10 LM 10 LM
grade 10 LM. 10 LM
J. Additional Activities
for Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
whether the objectives Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
has attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well?
Why did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor
can help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:


MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: October 8 - 12, 2018 QUARTER: TWO

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


October 8, 2018 October 9, 2018 October 10, 2018 October 11, 2018 October 12, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and
A. Content Standards:
inequalities in two variables and linear functions.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in
B. Performance Standards:
two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: write the linear equation Ax +
define linear function; identify the domain and
Write the LC code for each
describe a linear function using its points, equation, and graph; By = C into the form y = mx +
At the end of the period, at least 75% of range of a linear function;
the students will be able to: b and vice-versa;

II. CONTENT
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages
6. Learner’s Materials Pages
7. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
H. Reviewing Previous Lesson
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
or Presenting New Lesson
I. Establishing a Purpose for last week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
the Lesson
Let the students answer Let the students study the Let the students study the
J. Presenting Examples/ Let the students do activity 1 Let the students understand
activity 4 in page 171 of illustrative examples in page graph in page 180 of grade 8
Instances of the Lesson how to write the standard for
in page 168 of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM 174 of grade 8 LM. LM
into y-intercept for and vice
K. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students do activity 5
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students answer the versa by studying the
Let the students do activity 2 in page 172 of grade 8 LM. Let the answer activity 6 in
question in the activity examples ini page 182 of
L. Discussing New Concepts and in page 169 of grade 8 LM page 175 of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM
Practicing New Skills#2

M. Developing Mastery Let the students understand


(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students study the Let the students study the the domain and range of a Let the students answer
Let the students answer
examples in page 170 of definition of Linear Function linear function by studying the exercise 4 and 5 numbers 1-5
N. Finding Practical activity 7- 8 in page 176-179
grade 8 LM in page 172 of grade 8 LM lecture in page 181 of grade 8 in page 183 of grade 8 LM
Application of Concepts and
Skills in Daily Living
LM

v. PROCEDURES
Let the students how to write Let the studetns restate how
Let the studetns restate the Let the studetns restate the Let the studetns restate how
H. Making Generalization and linear equation from obtain the value of the
definition of linear Functions domain and range of a linear to write the standard for into
Abstractions about the lesson mathematical sentence to function, ordered pairs, and
and its components function y-intercept for and vice versa
verbal phrases and vice versa first difference.

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning activity 3 in page 170 of exercise 1 in page 173 og exercise 2 in page 180 of exercise 3 in page 181 of exercise 4 and 5 numbers 6 -
grade 8 LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM 10 in page 183 of grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: October 8 - 12, 2018 QUARTER: TWO
7 :30 – 8:30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES October 8, 2018 October 9, 2018 October 10, 2018 October 11, 2018 October 12, 2018
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
1. estimate or approximate Give examples of
measures of utilities Differentiate between to translate verbal phrases polynomials, monomials,
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
usage (meter reading). constants and Evaluate algebraic binomials, and trinomials;
Write the LC code for each to mathematical phrases
2. solve problems involving variables in a given expressions for given values Identify the base,
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
utilities usage (meter algebraic expression of the variables and vice versa. coefficient, terms and
the students will be able to:
reading). exponent sin a given
polynomial.
II. CONTENT Measurement and Measuring Length
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
23. Teacher’s Guide Pages
24. Learner’s Materials Pages
1. Text book Pages Elementary Algebra I Pg. 83-85 Elementary Algebra I Pg. 89-91 N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
last week’s lesson yesterdays lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
Lesson

Let the students answer Let the students answer


C. Presenting Let the students do activity
Let the students understand Let the students understand activity 1 in page 118 of activity 1 in page 123 of grade
Examples/Instances of the Lesson D in page 137 of grade 7 LM
the difference of constant how to evaluate algebraic grade 7 LM 7 LM
Let the students understand
variables in a given algebraic expression given the vlue of Let the students understand
D. Discussing New Concepts and the notations of meter
expression by studying the variables by studying thhe Let the students answer the definition of terms
Practicing New Skills#1 reading by studying the
lecture in page 83-84 of lectures in page 89- 90 of activity 2 in page 119 of involving polynomials by
examples in page 137-138 of
E. Discussing New Concepts and Elementary Algebra Elementary Algebra grade 7 LM studying the lecture in page
grade 7 LM
Practicing New Skills#2 123-124 of grade 7 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students understand
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) how to translate the verbal
Let the studens answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
phrase to mathematical
some exercise involving somoe exercise involving somoe exercise involving activity 2 in page 124 of grade
G. Finding Practical Application of
phrase and vice-versa by
meter reading constant and variables constant and variables 7 LM
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living studying the examples in
page 119 -120 of grade 7 LM
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the
Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and Let the students restate the how to translate the verbal
difference of constant and how to evaluate algebraic definition of terms involving
Abstractions about the lesson notaions of meter reading phrase to mathematical
variables expression polynomials
phrase and vice-versa
Let the students answer Let the students answer Test Let the students answer Test Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning Exercise in page 1339 of Your Self in page 85 of Your Self in page 90-91 of exercise in page 121 of grade activity 3 in page 125 of grade
grade 7 LM Elementary Algebra Elementary Algebra 7 LM 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 5 - 9, 2018 QUARTER: THREE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


November 5, 2018 November 6, 2018 November 7, 2018 November 8 2018 November 9, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of circles and coordinate geometry.
B. Performance THE LEARNERS is is able to formulate and solve problems involving geometric figures on the rectangular coordinate plane with perseverance and accuracy.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/ Derive the distance apply the distance formula in
Objectives: Write the LC code for Determine the Topics in Determining the coordinate of
formula proving some
each Coordinate Geometry Mid-Points between two points solve problems involving the
At the end of the period, at least Determining the distance geometric properties;
Answer Pre- Assessment in coordinate plane distance formula
75% of the students will be able between two points in graph geometric figures on
to:
coordinate plane the coordinate plane; and
II. CONTENT PLANE COORDINATE GEOMETRY
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
57. Teacher’s Guide Pages
58. Learner’s Materials Pages
59. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
60. Additional Materials from
Learning resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Introduce to the students the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Lesson or Presenting New
Lesson
Plane Cooredinate Geometry yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson

B. Establishing a Purpose
for the Lesson Pressent to the students
Topics and its Module Map Let the students study the
Let the students study the
C. Presenting lectures in detreming the
lectures in applying the distance Let the students answer
Examples/Instances of the Let the stundents answer coordinate of mid points
Lesson
formula in proving some activity 8 in page 143-144 of
activitry 1 and 2 orally bween to points in coordinate
geometric properties points in grade 10 LM
D. Discussing New plane points in page 238 of
page 239-240 of Grade 10 LM
Concepts and Practicing Grade 10 LM
New Skills#1
E. Discussing New
Concepts and Practicing
New Skills#2
F. Developing Mastery Let the students study the
(Leads To Formative
lectures in distance Let the students answer Let the students answer activity7
Assessment 3) numbers 1-5 in page 242 of grade
Let the students answer the between two points in activity 6 numbers 1-5 in page
G. Finding Practical 10 LM
Application of Concepts Pre- Assessment in page 223- page 234-237 of Grade 10 242 of grade 10 LM
and Skills in Daily Living 226 LM
Let the students answer
v. PROCEDURES activity 9 in page 145 of grade
H. Making Let the students state the 10 LM
Let the students state the
Generalization and formula for distance Let the students state the
formula for coordinate of Mid-
Abstractions about the between two horizontal guidelines for placing figures on
points between two points in
lesson and vertical and slanting a coordinate plane
coordinate plane
points
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer activity7
activity 5 numbers 1-5 in activity 6 numbers 6-10 in numbers 1-5 in page 242 of grade
page 241 of grade 10 LM page 242 of grade 10 LM 10 LM

J. Additional Activities
for Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
whether the objectives Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
has attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well?
Why did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor
can help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 5-9, 2018 QUARTER: THREE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


November 5, 2018 November 6, 2018 November 7, 2018 November 8 2018 November 9, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and
A. Content Standards:
inequalities in two variables and linear functions.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in
B. Performance Standards:
two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of strategies.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to:

II. CONTENT
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
9. Teacher’s Guide Pages
10. Learner’s Materials Pages
11. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
12. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
O. Reviewing Previous Lesson
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
or Presenting New Lesson
P. Establishing a Purpose for last week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
the Lesson
Let the students answer Let the students study the Let the students study the
Q. Presenting Examples/ Let the students do activity 1 Let the students understand
activity 4 in page 171 of illustrative examples in page graph in page 180 of grade 8
Instances of the Lesson how to write the standard for
in page 168 of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM 174 of grade 8 LM. LM
into y-intercept for and vice
R. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students do activity 5
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students answer the versa by studying the
Let the students do activity 2 in page 172 of grade 8 LM. Let the answer activity 6 in
question in the activity examples ini page 182 of
S. Discussing New Concepts and in page 169 of grade 8 LM page 175 of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM
Practicing New Skills#2

T. Developing Mastery Let the students understand


(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students study the Let the students study the the domain and range of a Let the students answer
Let the students answer
examples in page 170 of definition of Linear Function linear function by studying the exercise 4 and 5 numbers 1-5
U. Finding Practical activity 7- 8 in page 176-179
grade 8 LM in page 172 of grade 8 LM lecture in page 181 of grade 8 in page 183 of grade 8 LM
Application of Concepts and
Skills in Daily Living
LM

v. PROCEDURES
Let the students how to write Let the studetns restate how
Let the studetns restate the Let the studetns restate the Let the studetns restate how
H. Making Generalization and linear equation from obtain the value of the
definition of linear Functions domain and range of a linear to write the standard for into
Abstractions about the lesson mathematical sentence to function, ordered pairs, and
and its components function y-intercept for and vice versa
verbal phrases and vice versa first difference.

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning activity 3 in page 170 of exercise 1 in page 173 og exercise 2 in page 180 of exercise 3 in page 181 of exercise 4 and 5 numbers 6 -
grade 8 LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM 10 in page 183 of grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 5 - 9, 2018 QUARTER: TWO
7 :30 – 8:30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES November 5, 2018 November 6, 2018 November 7, 2018 November 8 2018 November 9, 2018
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
Give examples of define and interpret the meaning of an where n is a positive integer;
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: translate verbal phrases polynomials, monomials,
Write the LC code for each to mathematical phrases binomials, and trinomials; derive inductively the Laws of Exponents (restricted to positive integers)
At the end of the period, at least 75% of and vice versa. Identify the base, coefficient,
the students will be able to: terms and exponent sin a illustrate the Laws of Exponents.
given polynomial.
II. CONTENT POLYNOMIALS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
25. Teacher’s Guide Pages
26. Learner’s Materials Pages
1. Text book Pages Elementary Algebra I Pg. 83-85 Elementary Algebra I Pg. 89-91 N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the
last week’s lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
Lesson
Let the students answer
C. Presenting Let the students answer activity 1 in page 123 of Let the students do activity 1 Let the students do activity 3
Examples/Instances of the Lesson and 4 in page 127. Guide the
activity 1 in page 118 of grade 7 LM and 2 in page 126. Guide the
grade 7 LM Let the students understand students in undetanding the students in undetanding the
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students answer the definition of terms Law of exponents Pover of Law of exponents product of
Practicing New Skills#1 activity 2 in page 119 of involving polynomials by base( a)n and Power of a Power (am ) (an) and quotient
𝑎𝑚
grade 7 LM studying the lecture in page power (an)m of a power
E. Discussing New Concepts and 𝑎𝑛
Practicing New Skills#2 123-124 of grade 7 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students understand
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) how to translate the verbal Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer some exercise involving Let the students answer
phrase to mathematical some exercise involving
activity 2 in page 124 of product of Power (am ) (an) exercise in page 129 of grade
G. Finding Practical Application of
phrase and vice-versa by Pover of base( a)n and Power
grade 7 LM 𝑎𝑚 7 LM
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living studying the examples in of a power (an)m and quotient of a power 𝑎𝑛
page 119 -120 of grade 7 LM
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
Let the students restate the Law of exponents product of
H. Making Generalization and how to translate the verbal Law of exponents Pover of
definition of terms involving Power (am ) (an) and quotient
Abstractions about the lesson phrase to mathematical base( a)n and Power of a
polynomials 𝑎𝑚
phrase and vice-versa power (an)m of a power 𝑎𝑛
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning exercise in page 121 of activity 3 in page 125 of exercise in page 127 of grade exercise in page 128 of grade
grade 7 LM grade 7 LM 7 LM 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 12 - 16, 2018 QUARTER: THREE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


November 12, 2018 November 13, 2018 November 14, 2018 November 152018 November16, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of circles and coordinate geometry.
B. Performance THE LEARNERS is is able to formulate and solve problems involving geometric figures on the rectangular coordinate plane with perseverance and accuracy.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/ apply the distance formula in
Objectives: Write the LC code for proving some determine the center and
each solve problems involving illustrate the center-radius form graph a circle on the
At the end of the period, at least geometric properties; radius of a circle given its
the distance formula of the equation of a circle; coordinate plane;
75% of the students will be able graph geometric figures on equation and vice versa;
to:
the coordinate plane; and
II. CONTENT PLANE COORDINATE GEOMETRY
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
61. Teacher’s Guide Pages
62. Learner’s Materials Pages
63. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
64. Additional Materials from
Learning resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Review the students in the last Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Lesson or Presenting New
Lesson
week’s lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson

Let the students study the


B. Establishing a Purpose lectures in applying the
Let the students answer the
for the Lesson distance formula in proving
students answer activity 1 and
some
2 in page 251- 253 of grade 10
C. Presenting geometric properties points Let the students answer Let the student s study the Let the students study the
LM orally
Examples/Instances of the in page 239-240 of Grade 10 activity 8 in page 143-144 lectures in page 258-260 of grade lectures in page 261 -262 of
Lesson LM of grade 10 LM 10 LM grade 10 LM
D. Discussing New
Concepts and Practicing Let the students answer
New Skills#1
activity 3 in page 254 of grade
E. Discussing New
Concepts and Practicing 10 LM
New Skills#2 Let the students answer
F. Developing Mastery activity7 numbers 1-5 in page Let the answer some exercise Let the students answer some
(Leads To Formative Let the students answer
242 of grade 10 LM involving determining the center exercise involving graph of a
Assessment 3)
activity 9 in page 145 of and radius of a circle given its circle given its center and
G. Finding Practical
Application of Concepts
grade 10 LM equation and vice versa radius, and its equation.
and Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES

H. Making Let the students state how to


Let the students state the Let the students copy the Let the students state how to
Generalization and graph of a circle given its
guidelines for placing figures lectures in page 256-257 of determine the center and radius
Abstractions about the center and radius, and its
on a coordinate plane grade 10 LM of a cirle given its equation.
lesson equation.

I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer activity 4 Let the students answer
activity7 numbers 1-5 in page and 5 in page 264-265 of grade 8 activity 4 and 5 in page 264-
242 of grade 10 LM LM 265 of grade 10 LM
J. Additional Activities
for Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
whether the objectives Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
has attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well?
Why did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor
can help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:


MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 12-16, 2018 QUARTER: THREE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


November 12, 2018 November 13, 2018 November 14, 2018 November 152018 November 16, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and
A. Content Standards:
inequalities in two variables and linear functions.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in
B. Performance Standards:
two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of strategies.
• Identify which systems of
linear equations have graphs
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: Solve systems of linear Solve systems of linear Solve problems involving
Write the LC code for each that are parallel, intersecting, Solve systems of linear
equations by (b) Algebraically equations by (b) Algebraically systems of linear equations in
At the end of the period, at least 75% of and coinciding. equations by (a) graphing;
the students will be able to: Substitution Method Elimination Method two variables
• Graph systems of linear
equations in two variables

II. CONTENT
SOLVING SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages
2. Learner’s Materials Pages
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
or Presenting New Lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for last week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
the Lesson
Let the students answer Let the students answer
C. Presenting Examples/
activity 2 in page 254-255 of activity 3 and 4 in page 271-
Instances of the Lesson
grade 8 LM Let the students answer 272 of grade 8 LM Let the students study the Let the students answer
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students study the activity 4 in page 259 of Let the students study the lectures in page 275 of grade 8 activity 10 in page 283 of
Practicing New Skills#1 lectures in page 256-257 of grade 8 LM lectures in page 273-275 of LM grade 8 LM
E. Discussing New Concepts and grade 8 LM grade 8 LM
Practicing New Skills#2

F. Developing Mastery
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3)
activity 3 number 1-5 in page activity 5 in page 260 of activity 7 odd numbers in activity 8 in page 280 of activity 11 in page 284 of
G. Finding Practical
258 of grade 8 LM Grade 8 LM page 280 of Grade 8 LM Grade 8 LM grade 8 LM
Application of Concepts and
Skills in Daily Living

v. PROCEDURES
Let the students state steps Let the students state steps in
Let the students state the 3 Let the students state the
H. Making Generalization and in solving System of Linear solving System of Linear
types of System of Linear solutions of the system of
Abstractions about the lesson Equation by substitution Equation by Elimination
Equation Linear Equation by Graphing
method method

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning activity 3 number 1-5 in page activity 6 in page 263 of activity 7 even numbers in activity 9 in page 280 of activity 12 in page 284 of
258 of grade 8 LM Grade 8 LM page 280 of Grade 8 LM Grade 8 LM grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 12-16, 2018 QUARTER: THREE
7 :30 – 8:30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES November 12, 2018 November 13, 2018 November 14, 2018 November 15, 2018 November 16, 2018
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
multiply polynomials such
multiply polynomials such
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: as monomial by
solve problems involving as binomial by binomial,
Write the LC code for each add polynomials; monomial,
Subtarct polynomials;. addition and subtraction of polynomial with more than
At the end of the period, at least 75% of b) monomial by
the students will be able to:
polynomials one term to polynomial
polynomial with more
with three or more terms.
than one term,
II. CONTENT Operation on POLYNOMIALS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
27. Teacher’s Guide Pages
28. Learner’s Materials Pages
1. Text book Pages N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
last week’s lesson yesterdays lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
Lesson

C. Presenting
Examples/Instances of the Lesson Let the student understand Let the student understand
Guide the students in Let the student understand Let the student understand
how to add polymonials by how to subtract polymonials
answering problems how to multiply polymonials how to multiply polymonials
studying the exampales in by studying the exampales in
D. Discussing New Concepts and involving addition and by studying the exampales in by studying the exampales in
Practicing New Skills#1
page 103 of Elementary page 105 of Elementary
subtraction of polinomials page 136-137 of Grade 7 LM page 137-138 of Grade 7 LM
Algebra Algebra
E. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#2
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) somoe exercise involving
some exercise in addition of some exercise in subtraction somoe exercise involving somoe exercise involving
G. Finding Practical Application of
addition and subtraction of
polynpomials of polynpomials Multiplication of polinomials Multiplication of polinomials
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living polinomials
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the
Let the students restate Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and how solve problems involving
rules in addition of rules in subtraction of rules in Multiplication of rules in Multiplication of
Abstractions about the lesson addition and subtraction of
polynomials polynomials polynomials polynomials
polynomials
Let the students answer Let the students answer Test Let the students answer Test Let the students answer Test
Let the students answer
Test Your Self in page 104 of Your Self in page 106 of Your Self in page 107 of Your Self in page 109 of
I. Evaluating Learning Exercise B. in page 133 of
Elementary Algebra Elementary Algebra numbers Elementary Algebra numbers Elementary Algebra numbers
Grade 7 LM
numbers 21-25. 21-25. 1-10. 1-10.
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 19 - 23, 2018 QUARTER: THREE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


November 19, 2018 November 20, 2018 November 21, 2018 November 222018 November 23, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of circles and coordinate geometry.
B. Performance THE LEARNERS is is able to formulate and solve problems involving geometric figures on the rectangular coordinate plane with perseverance and accuracy.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/ determine the center Rewrite the Standard Form of
Objectives: Write the LC code for illustrate the center-radius solve problems involving
each and radius of a circle graph a circle on the coordinate equation of Circle to General
form of the equation of a circles on the coordinate
At the end of the period, at least given its equation and plane; Form of Equation and Vice
75% of the students will be able circle; plane.
vice versa; Versa
to:
II. CONTENT PLANE COORDINATE GEOMETRY
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
65. Teacher’s Guide Pages
66. Learner’s Materials Pages
67. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
68. Additional Materials from
Learning resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Lesson or Presenting New
Lesson
yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson

B. Establishing a Purpose Let the students answer the


for the Lesson
students answer activity 1 and
2 in page 251- 253 of grade
Help the students understand
C. Presenting 10 LM orally Let the student s study the Let the students study the Let the students answer
Examples/Instances of the how to rewrite the standard form
lectures in page 258-260 lectures in page 261 -262 of activity 8 in page 267 of grade
Lesson of circles to General Form and
of grade 10 LM grade 10 LM 10 LM
D. Discussing New vice versa
Concepts and Practicing
New Skills#1
E. Discussing New
Concepts and Practicing
Let the students answer
New Skills#2
F. Developing Mastery activity 3 in page 254 of grade Let the answer some
(Leads To Formative 10 LM exercise involving Let the students answer some
Let the students answer some Let the students answer
Assessment 3) exercise involving rewriing the
determining the center exercise involving graph of a activity 9 in page 267 of grade
G. Finding Practical standard form of circles to
Application of Concepts and radius of a circle circle given its center and 10 LM
and Skills in Daily Living given its equation and radius, and its equation. General Form and vice versa
vice versa
v. PROCEDURES

H. Making Let the students state how Let the students state how to Let the students answer some
Let the students copy the Let the students answer
Generalization and to determine the center graph of a circle given its exercise involving rewriting the
lectures in page 256-257 of activity 10 in page 269 of grade
Abstractions about the and radius of a cirle given center and radius, and its standard form of circles to
grade 10 LM 10 LM
lesson its equation. equation. General Form and vice versa
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer activity 6
activity 4 and 5 in page activity 4 and 5 in page 264- and 7 in page 265-266 of grade
264-265 of grade 8 LM 265 of grade 10 LM 10 LM

J. Additional Activities
for Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
whether the objectives Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
has attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well?
Why did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor
can help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 19-23, 2018 QUARTER: THREE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


November 19, 2018 November 20, 2018 November 21, 2018 November 222018 November 23, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and
A. Content Standards:
inequalities in two variables and linear functions.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in
B. Performance Standards:
two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of strategies.
Graph a system of linear
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: Solve systems of linear Solve systems of linear Solve problems involving inequalities in two variables. Solve problems involving
Write the LC code for each • Solve a system of linear
equations by (b) Algebraically equations by (b) Algebraically systems of linear equations in systems of linear inequalities
At the end of the period, at least 75% of inequalities in two variables
the students will be able to: Substitution Method Elimination Method two variables by graphing. in two variables

II. CONTENT SOLVING SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
5. Teacher’s Guide Pages

6. Learner’s Materials Pages

7. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A


8. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
H. Reviewing Previous Lesson
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
or Presenting New Lesson
I. Establishing a Purpose for yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
the Lesson
Let the students answer Let the students answer
J. Presenting Examples/
activity 3 and 4 in page 271- activity 2 in page 292 of grade
Instances of the Lesson
272 of grade 8 LM Let the students study the Let the students answer 8 LM
K. Discussing New Concepts and lectures in page 275 of grade activity 10 in page 283 of Let the students study the
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students study the
8 LM grade 8 LM lectures in systems of linear
lectures in page 273-275 of
L. Discussing New Concepts and inequalities in pages 292-294
grade 8 LM
Practicing New Skills#2 of grade 8 LM

M. Developing Mastery Let the students answer


Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer activity 6 in page 298 of grade
activity 7 odd numbers in activity 8 in page 280 of activity 11 in page 284 of
N. Finding Practical activity 3 and 4 in page 8 LM
page 280 of Grade 8 LM Grade 8 LM grade 8 LM
Application of Concepts and
Skills in Daily Living

v. PROCEDURES
Let the students state steps Let the students state steps
Let the students state how to
H. Making Generalization and in solving System of Linear in solving System of Linear
solve linear inequalities in two
Abstractions about the lesson Equation by substitution Equation by Elimination
variables graphically.
method method

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning activity 7 even numbers in activity 9 in page 280 of activity 12 in page 284 of activity 5 in page 297 of grade activity 7 in page 299 of grade
page 280 of Grade 8 LM Grade 8 LM grade 8 LM 8 LM 8 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 19 - 23, 2018 QUARTER: THREE
7 :30 – 8:30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES November 19, 2018 November 20, 2018 November 21, 2018 November 22, 2018 November 23, 2018
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
multiply polynomials such
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
as polynomial with more divide polynomials divide polynomials such as solve problems involving solve problems involving of
Write the LC code for each
than one term to such as: polynomial by polynomial by a polynomial division of polynomials polynomials.
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to:
polynomial with three or a monomial with more than one term. terms.
more
II. CONTENT Operation on POLYNOMIALS
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
29. Teacher’s Guide Pages

30. Learner’s Materials Pages


1. Text book Pages N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
H. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
I. Establishing a Purpose for the last week’s lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
Lesson

J. Presenting Let the students do acivity 1


Examples/Instances of the Lesson Let the student understand in page 142 of grade 7 LM Help the students
how to multiply polymonials Help the students Help the students understand
understand solve word
by studying the exampales understand how to divide solve word problems involving
K. Discussing New Concepts and Help the students problems involving division of
Practicing New Skills#1
in page 137-138 of Grade 7 polynomials by a polynomial operation on f polynomials
understand how to divide polynomials
LM
L. Discussing New Concepts and polynomials by a monomial
Practicing New Skills#2
M. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) somoe exercise involving somoe exercise involving somoe exercise involving somoe exercise involving
somoe exercise involving
N. Finding Practical Application of
Division of polinomials by Division of polinomials by Word problems involving Word problems involving
Multiplication of polinomials
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living monomials polynomial Division of polinomials polinomials
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
H. Making Generalization and
rules in Multiplication of rules in Division of rules in Division of rules in Division of rules in Opertion of
Abstractions about the lesson
polynomials polinomials by monomials polinomials by polynomial polinomials. polinomials
Let the students answer Test
Let the students answer Test Let the students answer Test Let the students answer Let the students answer
Your Self in page 109 of
I. Evaluating Learning Your Self in page 110 of Your Self in page 113 of Exersie in page 145 of grade problems in Exercise in page
Elementary Algebra
Elementary algebra Elementary algebra 7 LM 115 of Elementary Algebra
numbers 1-10.
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 26 - 30, 2018 QUARTER: THREE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


November 26, 2018 November 27 2018 November 28, 2018 November 29 2018 November 30, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of combinatory and probability.
B. Performance
THE LEARNERS is able to use precise counting technique and probability in formulating conclusions and making decisions.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/
derives the formula for finding the
Objectives: Write the LC code for
each illustrates the permutation of number of permutations of n objects Determine the permutation solves problems involving
At the end of the period, at least objects. taken r at a time of distinguishable objects permutations
75% of the students will be able find the permutations of n objects taken r at a time
to:
II. CONTENT PERMUTATIONS
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
69. Teacher’s Guide Pages
70. Learner’s Materials Pages 275-300
71. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
72. Additional Materials from
Learning resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES
Present the Lesson
A. Reviewing Previous Introduction by knowing who Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Lesson or Presenting New
Lesson
among the students has a yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
facebook account

Ask the students review their


B. Establishing a Purpose password. Is it short or long?
for the Lesson Ask the students answer Present some problems
Let them think why short Let the students review the
activity 3 in page 286 of involving permutations of
password is consider as weak concept of factorial
grade 10 LM orally. objects taken r at a time
C. Presenting and Long password are Let the students study the
Examples/Instances of the
strong? lectures in page 290-293 of grade
Lesson
10 LM
D. Discussing New Let the students study the
Concepts and Practicing Guide the students answering Let the students do lectures in finding the
New Skills#1 Guide the students in
E. Discussing New
activity 1 in page 283 of garde activity 4 in page 286-287 permutation of n objects taken
answering the problems
Concepts and Practicing 10 LM of grade 10 LM r at a time in page 288-293 of
New Skills#2 grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer some
(Leads To Formative Let the students fill up the Let the students answer
exercise involing listing of all Let the students answer exercise Let the students answer
Assessment 3) result table for the activity exercise involving
possible ways and involving permutations of problems involving
G. Finding Practical arrangements of objects like 4 in page 287 of grade 10 permutations of n objects distinguishable objects permutations
Application of Concepts LM taken r at a time
and Skills in Daily Living problems in activity 1

v. PROCEDURES

H. Making Let the students state how Let the students restate the Let the students restate the
Let the students state how Let the students state how to
Generalization and they come up with the list of formula in finding the formula in finding the
they fill up the result table solve problems involving
Abstractions about the possible ways and permutation of n objects taken permutation of distinguishable
correctly permutations of objects.
lesson arrangements ? r at a time . objects

I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer activity 6
activity 2 in page 285 of grade the question below the activity 5 in page 295 of grade activity 7 in page 298 of grade
in page 296 of grade 10 LM
10 LM activity 10 LM 10 LM
J. Additional Activities
for Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
whether the objectives Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
has attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well?
Why did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor
can help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:


MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 26-30, 2018 QUARTER: THREE

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


November 26, 2018 November 27 2018 November 28, 2018 November 29 2018 November 30, 2018
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and
A. Content Standards:
inequalities in two variables and linear functions.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO able to formulate real-life problems linear equations and inequalities in two variables, systems of linear equations and inequalities in
B. Performance Standards:
two variables and linear functions, and solve these problems accurately using a variety of strategies.
Graph a system of linear
inequalities in two
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
variables. Solve problems involving Identify the hypothesis and Formulate the inverse,
Write the LC code for each
• Solve a system of linear systems of linear inequalities conclusions of If-then and
converse, and HOLIDAY- BONIFACIO DAY
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
inequalities in two variables in two variables other types of statements.
contrapositive of an
the students will be able to: implication.
by graphing.

II. CONTENT SOLVING SYSTEM OF LINEAR INEQUALITIES
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
9. Teacher’s Guide Pages

10. Learner’s Materials Pages

11. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A


12. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
O. Reviewing Previous Lesson
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
or Presenting New Lesson
P. Establishing a Purpose for last week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
the Lesson
Let the students answer Ask the students to answer Let the students to study
Q. Presenting Examples/
activity 2 in page 292 of activity 1 in page 321 of activity 3 in page 225 of grde 8
Instances of the Lesson
grade 8 LM Let the students answer grade 8 LM LM
R. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students study the activity 6 in page 298 of
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students answer
lectures in systems of linear grade 8 LM activity 2 in page 322 of
S. Discussing New Concepts and inequalities in pages 292-294
grade 8 LM orally
Practicing New Skills#2 of grade 8 LM Let the students answer
exercise in page 326 of grade
T. Developing Mastery Let the students study the 8 LM
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer lectures in If and – Then
U. Finding Practical activity 3 and 4 in page Statements in page 323 of
Application of Concepts and grade 8 LM
Skills in Daily Living

v. PROCEDURES
Let the students to state the
Let the students state how to Let the students how to
H. Making Generalization and converse, inverse and
solve linear inequalities in rewrite staments into If-then
Abstractions about the lesson contrapositive of a given If –
two variables graphically. statements.
then statements

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning activity 5 in page 297 of activity 7 in page 299 of exercise in page 324 of grade activity 4 in page 327 of grade
grade 8 LM grade 8 LM 8 LM 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: November 26-30, 2018 QUARTER: THREE
7 :30 – 8:30 AM

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES November 26, 2018 November 27,2018 November 28, 2018 November 29, 2018 November 30, 2018
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT.
B. Performance Standards: THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
Find the product of;
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: solve problems 1. product of two binomials 5. product of a binomial
solve problems involving 3. square of a binomial
Write the LC code for each involving of 2. product of a sum and and a trinomial
division of polynomials
At the end of the period, at least 75% of polynomials. 4. cube of a binomial
the students will be able to:
terms. difference of two terms

II. CONTENT Special Products


III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References

31. Teacher’s Guide Pages

32. Learner’s Materials Pages


1. Text book Pages N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Review the students in the
Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the
product of two binomials
B. Establishing a Purpose for the yesterdays lesson yesterdays lesson
Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the using the FOIL method.
last week’s lesson yesterdays lesson Present to the students the Present to the students the Present to the students the
C. Presenting
Sum and Difference of Square of Binomials and its Cube of Binomials and its
Examples/Instances of the Lesson
Binomials and its products products products
Guide the students in
D. Discussing New Concepts and Help the students Help the students Guide the students in
determining the product of Guide the students in
Practicing New Skills#1 understand solve word understand solve word determining the product of
Sum and Difference of determining the product of
problems involving division problems involving operation Square of Binomials, the
E. Discussing New Concepts and Binomials, the Difference of Cube of Binomials
of polynomials on f polynomials Perfect Square Trinomials
Practicing New Skills#2 Squares of the two terms
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer some
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) somoe exercise involving somoe exercise involving some exercise in determining some exercise in determining
exercise in determining the
Word problems involving Word problems involving the product of Sum and the product of Square of
G. Finding Practical Application of product of Cube of Binomials
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living Division of polinomials polinomials Difference of Binomials, Binomials
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students restate the Let the students restate the Let the students state the Let the students state the
H. Making Generalization and Let the students state the
rules in Division of rules in Opertion of product of Sum and product of Square of
Abstractions about the lesson product of Cube of Binomials
polinomials . polinomials Difference of Binomials Binomials
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning Exersie in page 145 of grade problems in Exercise in page Exercise in page 149 of grade Exercise in page 150 of grade Exercise in page 151 of grade
7 LM 115 of Elementary Algebra 7 LM 7 LM 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: January 14-18, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


January 14, 2019 January 15, 2019 January 16, 2019 January 17, 2019 January 18, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of combinatory and probability.
B. Performance
THE LEARNERS is able to use precise counting technique and probability in formulating conclusions and making decisions.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/ Illustrate and find probabilities
Objectives: Write the LC code for Illustrate events, and union Illustrate the probability of a Find the probabilities of
each of mutually exclusive events Illustrate dependent and
and intersection of union of two events and dependent and independent
At the end of the period, at least and not mutually exclusive independent events
75% of the students will be able compound events intersection of events events
events
to:
II. CONTENT PROBABILITY OF COMPOUND EVENTS
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
73. Teacher’s Guide Pages
74. Learner’s Materials Pages 320-354
75. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
76. Additional Materials from
Learning resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES
Let the students review on
A. Reviewing Previous Let the students answer
probability of Simple Events Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Lesson or Presenting New activity 3 in page 332 of
Lesson
by answering activity 1 in page yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
grade 8 LM
328 of grade 10 LM

B. Establishing a Purpose Help the students in


for the Lesson
Let the students do activity 2 finding the probabilities of Present to the students activity Present to the students activity 1
C. Presenting in page 330 of grade 10 LM the union and intersection 4 in page 334 of grade 10 LM in page 341 of grade 10 LM
Examples/Instances of the of events
Lesson
D. Discussing New Guide the students in
Concepts and Practicing Let the students understand Help the students in
understanding probabilities of
New Skills#1 the concept of probability of Let the students study the understanding Independent and Let the students answer
E. Discussing New
mutually exclusive events not activity 4 in page 344 of grade
compound events by studying lecture of complement of dependent events by studying
Concepts and Practicing mutually exclusive events by
the lecture in page 331 of events lecture in page 142 of grade 10 10 LM
New Skills#2 studying lecture in page 335 –
grade 10 LM LM
336 of grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Let the students answer some some exercise involving Let the students answer Let the students answer activity 2
Assessment 3) exercise involving probability and 3 in page 343-344 of grade 10
probability of a union of activity 5 in page 336 of grade
G. Finding Practical of compound events. two events and 10 LM LM
Application of Concepts
and Skills in Daily Living intersection of events
v. PROCEDURES

H. Making Let the students state the Let the students state the
Let the students state the Let the students state the
Generalization and probability of a union of probabilities of mutually
probability of simple and probability Independent and
Abstractions about the two events and exclusive events not mutually
compound events dependent events
lesson intersection of events exclusive events
I. Evaluating Learning Let the students answer
Let the students answer some some exercise involving Let the students answer Let the students answer
exercise involving probability probability of a union of activity 6 in page 337 of grade activity 5 and 6 in page 345 of
of compound events. two events and 10 LM grade 10 LM
intersection of events

J. Additional Activities
for Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
whether the objectives Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
has attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well?
Why did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor
can help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: January 14-18, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


January 14, 2019 January 15, 2019 January 16, 2019 January 17, 2019 January 18, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts axiomatic structure of geometry and triangle congruence
THE LEARNERS is able to communicate mathematical thinking with coherence and clarity in formulating, investigating, analyzing, and solving real-life problems
B. Performance Standards:
involving congruent triangles using appropriate and accurate representations.
Apply the postulates and
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each Define and illustrate State and illustrate the SAS, State and illustrate the ASA State and illustrate theSSS theorems on triangle
At the end of the period, at least 75% of congruent triangles. Congruence Postulates. Congruence Postulates. Congruence Postulates. congruence to prove
the students will be able to:
statements on congruences.
II. CONTENT Triangle Congruence
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages

2. Learner’s Materials Pages

3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A


4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson Present to the students the Review the students in the
or Presenting New Lesson
different concepts involving yesterday’s lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for
the Lesson congruent triangles.
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Present to the students the
Asked the students, have you definition of Included angle yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
C. Presenting Examples/
met Polygon? Name it and and Included side then
Instances of the Lesson
indicate where you met it. answer exercise in page 354
of grade 8 LM
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students understand
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students do activity 4 Let the students do activity 5
Let the students answer the Side – Angle – Side (SAS) Let the students study
in page 355 of grade 8 LM. in page 356 of grade 8 LM The
activity 1 ini page 350 of Congruence Postulates by activityin page 356 of grade 8
E. Discussing New Concepts and The ASA (Angle-Side-Angle) SSS (Side-Side-Side)
grade 8 LM doing activity 3 in page 354 LM.
Practicing New Skills#2 Congruence Postulate Congruence Postulate
of grade 8 LML

Let the students do activity 2


F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer some Let the students answer some
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) in page 351 of grade 8 Let the students answer
some execise involving ASA execise involving SSS (Side- execise involving Proving
LM(Identifying the Proper execise 3 # 1-2 in page 355
G. Finding Practical
(Angle-Side-Angle) Side-Side) Congruence Triangle Congruence
Correspondence of of grade 8 LM
Application of Concepts and Congruence Postulate Postulate Postulates
Congruent Triangles)
Skills in Daily Living

v. PROCEDURES
Let the stundents state the
Let the stundents state the Let the stundents state the Let the stundents state the Let the stundents state the
H. Making Generalization and definition of Side – Angle –
definition of congruent definition of ASA (Angle-Side- definition of SSS (Side-Side- How to prove Triangle
Abstractions about the lesson Side (SAS) Congruence
triangles Angle) Congruence Postulate Side) Congruence Postulate Congruence Postulate
Postulates

Let the students answer


Let the students anwer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
some execise involving ASA
I. Evaluating Learning activity 1 in page 352 of execise 3 # 3-5 in page 355 execise 4 in page 357 of grade execise 5 in page 358 of grade
(Angle-Side-Angle)
grade 8 LM of grade 8 LM 8 LM 8 LM
Congruence Postulate
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: January 14-18, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES January 14, 2019 January 15, 2019 January 16, 2019 January 17, 2019 January 18, 2019
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS geometry of shapes and sizes, and geometric relationships.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO create models of plane figures and formulate and solve accurately authentic problems involving sides and angles of a polygon
B. Performance Standards:
formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
1.describe the undefined 1.name the identified
terms; Points, Lines and 1. formulate the definition
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: point(s), line(s) and plane(s) of parallel lines, 1. formulate the definition 1. perform the set
Planes
Write the LC code for each in a given figure intersecting lines, line segment, ray, and operations on segments
2.give examples of
At the end of the period, at least 75% of and rays.
the students will be able to:
objects that maybe used concurrent lines, skew congruent segments
to represent the undefined 2. identify the properties of
Points, Lines and Planes; lines,
terms;
II. CONTENT Lesson 30: Basic Concepts and Terms in Geometry
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
33. Teacher’s Guide Pages
34. Learner’s Materials Pages
1. Text book Pages N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or
Presenting New Lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for the Let the students answer
Lesson
Let the students do activity 1 Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
activity 2 in Lesson 30 of
in Lesson 30 of Grade 7 LM yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
Grade 7 LM
C. Presenting
Examples/Instances of the Lesson

D. Discussing New Concepts and Help the students Let the students understand Let the student study the
Practicing New Skills#1 understand the concept of Let the students understand the other geometric terms lectures in line segment, ray, Let the student study the
Points, lines and plane by lectures in Lesson 30 of grade of linesby studying the and congruent segments in lectures in Set operations
E. Discussing New Concepts and studying the lectures in 7 LM lectures Activity 2 in Lesson Activity 3-5 Lesson 30 of involving line and its subsets
Practicing New Skills#2
Lesson 30 of grade 7 LM 30 of grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer
Let the students answer Let the students answer some Let the students answer Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) some exercise of parallel
some exercise in Points, exercise in Points, lines and some exercise line segment, activity 6 in Lesson 30 of grade
G. Finding Practical Application of
lines, intersecting lines,
lines and plane plane ray, and congruent segments 7 LM
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living concurrent lines, skew lines,
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students state the
Let the students state the Let the students state the definition of parallel lines, Let the students state Let the students state
H. Making Generalization and
description of Points, lines properties of Points, lines and intersecting lines, concurrent definition of line segment, operations involving line and
Abstractions about the lesson
and plane plane lines, skew lines, segment, ray, and congruent segments its subsets
ray, and congruent segments
Let the students answer
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
some exercise of parallel
I. Evaluating Learning exercise 1 in Lesson 30 of exercise 2 in Lesson 30 of exercise in Activity 2 in exercise in Activity 6 in Lesson
lines, intersecting lines,
grade 7 LM grade 7 LM Lesson 30 of grade 7 LM 30 of grade 7 LM
concurrent lines, skew lines,
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10
DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: January 21-25, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


January 21, 2019 January 22, 2019 January 23, 2019 January 24, 2019 January 25, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of combinatory and probability.
B. Performance
THE LEARNERS is able to use precise counting technique and probability in formulating conclusions and making decisions.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/
Objectives: Write the LC code for Find the probabilities of Find the conditional
each Illustrate dependent and identify conditional solve problems on conditional
dependent and independent probabilities of dependent
At the end of the period, at least independent events probabilities probabilities
75% of the students will be able events and independent events
to:
II. CONTENT PROBABILITY OF COMPOUND EVENTS
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
77. Teacher’s Guide Pages
78. Learner’s Materials Pages 320-354
79. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
80. Additional Materials from
Learning resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Let the students answer


Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Lesson or Presenting New activity 1 in page 346 of grade
Lesson
yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
10 LM

B. Establishing a Purpose
for the Lesson Present to the students
activity 1 in page 341 of grade
C. Presenting Let the student understand
10 LM Let the students understand
Examples/Instances of the condtional probabilities of
Lesson concept of conditional
independent and dependent
D. Discussing New Help the students in probabilities by doing activity 2
events by answer activity 3 in
Concepts and Practicing understanding Independent Let the students answer in page 347 of grade 10 LM Let the students answer
New Skills#1 page 348-349 of grade 10 LM
and dependent events by activity 4 in page 344 of activity 5 in page 351 of grade
E. Discussing New
Concepts and Practicing studying lecture in page 142 grade 10 LM 10 LM
New Skills#2 of grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery
(Leads To Formative Let the students answer Let the students answer some Let the students answer activity 4
Assessment 3) activity 2 and 3 in page 343- in page 350 number 1 of garde 10
exercise involving conditional
G. Finding Practical 344 of grade 10 LM probability LM
Application of Concepts
and Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES

H. Making Let the students state the


Let the students state the Let the students state the Let the students answer
Generalization and conditional probabilities of
probability Independent formula for conditional activity 6 in page 351 of grade
Abstractions about the independent and dependent
and dependent events probability 10 LM
lesson events
Let the students answer Let the students answer activity 4
I. Evaluating Learning activity 5 and 6 in page in page 350 number 2 of garde 10
345 of grade 10 LM LM

J. Additional Activities
for Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
whether the objectives Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
has attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well?
Why did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor
can help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: January 21-25, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


January 14, 2019 January 15, 2019 January 16, 2019 January 17, 2019 January 18, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts axiomatic structure of geometry and triangle congruence
THE LEARNERS is able to communicate mathematical thinking with coherence and clarity in formulating, investigating, analyzing, and solving real-life problems
B. Performance Standards:
involving congruent triangles using appropriate and accurate representations.
State and illustrate the State and illustrate the HYL
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
(Hypotenuse-Leg) Congruence Apply triangle congruences to
Write the LC code for each State and illustrate the AAS LL(Leg-Leg) Congruence State and illustrate Isosceles
Theorem and HYL perpendicular bisector and
At the end of the period, at least 75% of Congruence Theorem. Theorem and LA(Leg-Acute Triangle Theorem
the students will be able to: (Hypotenuse-Acute angle angle bisector
Angle) Congruence Theorem Congruence Theorem
II. CONTENT Triangle Congruence
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages
2. Learner’s Materials Pages

3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A


4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
or Presenting New Lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for
the Lesson Let the students do activity 7 Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Present to the students AAS in page 361 of grade 8 LM yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
C. Presenting Examples/ (Angle-Angle-Side)
Instances of the Lesson Congruence Theorem

D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students understand


Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students understand
the HYL (Hypotenuse-Leg) Let the students understand Let the students understand
Guide the students in the LL(Leg-Leg) Congruence
Congruence Theorem and the Isosceles Triangle perpendicular bisector and
developing the proof of the Theorem and LA(Leg-Acute
HYL (Hypotenuse-Acute angle Theorem by studying the angle bisector by studying the
the AAS Congruence Angle) Congruence Theorem
E. Discussing New Concepts and Congruence Theorem by proof in page 364-365 of lectures in page 366 of grade 8
Theorem by studying the lecture in
Practicing New Skills#2 studying the lecture in page grade 8 LM LM
page 362 of grade 8 of LM
363 of grade 8 of LM

Let the students answer


F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer some exercise involving the Let the students answer some
some exercise involving the Let the students answer some
some exercise involving the HYL (Hypotenuse-Leg) exercise involving the
LL(Leg-Leg) Congruence exercise involving the
G. Finding Practical
proof of the AAS Congruence Congruence Theorem and perpendicular bisector and
Theorem and LA(Leg-Acute Isosceles Triangle Theorem
Application of Concepts and Theorem HYL (Hypotenuse-Acute angle angle bisector
Angle) Congruence Theorem
Skills in Daily Living Congruence Theorem

v. PROCEDURES

Let the stundents state the Let the stundents state the Let the stundents state the Let the stundents state the
Let the stundents state the
H. Making Generalization and definition of AAS Congruence definition of HYL definition of Isosceles Triangle definition of perpendicular
definition of LL(Leg-Leg)
Abstractions about the lesson Theorem (Hypotenuse-Leg) Theorem bisector and angle bisector
Congruence Theorem and
Congruence Theorem and
LA(Leg-Acute Angle) HYL (Hypotenuse-Acute angle
Congruence Theorem Congruence Theorem

Let the students answer


Let the students answer some exercise involving the Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning exercise 6 in page 360 of LL(Leg-Leg) Congruence exercise 7 in page 363-364 of exercise 9 in page 365 of exercise 10 in page 366 of
grade 8 LM Theorem and LA(Leg-Acute grade 8 LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM
Angle) Congruence Theorem

J. Additional Activities for Activity 10 in page 368 of


Application or Remediation grade 8 LM
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: January 21-25, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES January 21, 2019 January 22, 2019 January 23, 2019 January 24, 2019 January 25, 2019
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS geometry of shapes and sizes, and geometric relationships.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO create models of plane figures and formulate and solve accurately authentic problems involving sides and angles of a polygon
B. Performance Standards:
formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
1. Idenfity the angles 1. Determine the properties
1. Define angle pair, and formed by parallel lines of a polygons
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: the different types of cut by a transversal 1.Define a polygon. 2. Determine the sum of the
1. Define angle,
Write the LC code for each angles 2. Find the mesure of 2.Illustrate the different measures of the interior and
2. Measure and construct
At the end of the period, at least 75% of 2. Identify parts of an angles formed by exterior angles of a convex
the students will be able to:
angles parts of a polygon.
angles parallel lines cut by a polygon.
transversal

II. CONTENT Lesson 31: Angles and Polygons


III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
35. Teacher’s Guide Pages
36. Learner’s Materials Pages
1. Text book Pages N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or


Presenting New Lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for the Let the students answer
Lesson Let the students do activity 1 Review the students in the Let the students do activity 1 Review the students in the
exercise 9 in Lesson 31 of
in Lesson 31 of Grade 7 LM yesterday’s lesson in Lesson 33 of Grade 7 LM yesterday’s lesson
Grade 7 LM
C. Presenting
Examples/Instances of the Lesson

D. Discussing New Concepts and Help the students Let the students understand Let the student study the
Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students the angles formed by parallel Let the student study the lectures in Properties of
understand the concept of
understand different types lines cut by a transversal definition , parts and polygon and sum of the
angles and how to measure
of angle pairs and parts of and how to determine its classification of polygons by measures of the interior and
E. Discussing New Concepts and of angles by studying the
angles by studying lectures measure by studying lectures studying lectures in Lesson 33 exterior angles of a convex
Practicing New Skills#2 lectures in Lesson 31 of
in Lesson 31 of grade 7 LM in Lesson 31 of grade 7 LM of grade 7 LM polygon in Lesson 33 of
grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer sum
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) some exercise in some exercise involving of the measures of the
constructing and measuring Let the students answer Let the students answer definition , parts and interior and exterior angles
G. Finding Practical Application of of a convex polygon.
angles exercise 10 in Lesson 31 of activity 12 in Lesson 31 of classification of polygons
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students state
Let the students state the
Let the students state the Let the students state the Let the students state Properties of polygon and
H. Making Generalization and definition of different angles
definition of angles and how definition of angle pairs definition , parts and sum of the measures of the
Abstractions about the lesson formed by parallel lines cut by a
to measure an angles and parts of an angles classification of polygons interior and exterior angles
transversal
of a convex polygon
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning activity 8 in Lesson 31 of exercise 11 in Lesson 31 of activity 13 in Lesson 31 of question to ponder B in exercise 20in Lesson 33 of
grade 7 LM grade 7 LM grade 7 LM Lesson 33 of grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

GRADES 1 TO 12 SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)

TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10


DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: January 28-February 1, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


January 28, 2019 January 29, 2019 January 30, 2019 January 31, 2019 February 1, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of combinatory and probability.
B. Performance
THE LEARNERS is able to use precise counting technique and probability in formulating conclusions and making decisions.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/ Illustrate the measure of
Objectives: Write the LC code for
Find the conditional Illustrate the measure of position
position (Quartile)
each Identify conditional probabilities of solve problems on conditional (Quartile)
At the end of the period, at least
Calculate the quarlites of the
probabilities dependent and probabilities Calculate the quarlites of the
75% of the students will be able to: given data using Mendenhall
independent events given data
and Sincich Method.
II. CONTENT PROBABILITY OF COMPOUND EVENTS
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
81. Teacher’s Guide Pages
82. Learner’s Materials Pages
83. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
84. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

Present to the students the


A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
activity 1 in page 362 of grade 10
or Presenting New Lesson
LM
Let the students answer
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
activity 1 in page 346 of
B. Establishing a Purpose for
yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
grade 10 LM
the Lesson
Let the students answer activity
C. Presenting 2-3 in page 363 of grade 10 LM
Examples/Instances of the
Lesson
D. Discussing New Concepts Let the student
and Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students understand
Let the students understand understand condtional
E. Discussing New Concepts Let the students understand the how to determine the quartiles
and Practicing New Skills#2
concept of conditional probabilities of Let the students answer
measure of position; quartile by using Mendenhall and Sincich
probabilities by doing independent and activity 5 in page 351 of grade
studying the lecture in page 364- Method by studying the
activity 2 in page 347 of dependent events by 10 LM
367 of grade 10 LM lecture in page 368 of grade 10
grade 10 LM answer activity 3 in page
LM
348-349 of grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students the studets
(Leads To Formative
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students the studets answer some exercise
Assessment 3)
some exercise involving activity 4 in page 350 answer some exercise involving involving quartiles using
G. Finding Practical number 1 of garde 10 LM measure of position; quartile. Mendenhall and Sincich
Application of Concepts and conditional probability
Skills in Daily Living Method

v. PROCEDURES

Let the students state the Let the students state the Let the students state how to
H. Making Generalization Let the students state the Let the students state what is
conditional probabilities conditional probabilities of determine the quartiles using
and Abstractions about formula for conditional Quartile and how to dertemin the
of independent and independent and dependent Mendenhall and Sincich
the lesson probability First, second and Thrid Quartile.
dependent events events Method

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students the studets Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning activity 4 in page 350 activity 6 in page 351 number answer some exercise involving activity 5 in page 369 of garde
number 2 of garde 10 LM 2 of garde 10 LM measure of position; quartile. 10 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day whether Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
the objectives has Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor can
help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?
Prepared by: Checked by:
MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD
SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: January 21-25, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


January 28, 2019 January 29, 2019 January 30, 2019 January 31, 2019 February 1, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts axiomatic structure of geometry and triangle congruence
THE LEARNERS is able to communicate mathematical thinking with coherence and clarity in formulating, investigating, analyzing, and solving real-life problems
B. Performance Standards:
involving congruent triangles using appropriate and accurate representations.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: Apply triangle congruences to State and illustrate the State and illustrate the State and illustrate the
Write the LC code for each State and illustrate Isosceles
perpendicular bisector and triangle inequalities triangle inequalities Triangle Inequality
At the end of the period, at least 75% of Triangle Theorem Theorem 3 (S1+S2>S3)
the students will be able to: angle bisector Theorem 1(Ss → Aa) Theorem 2 (Aa → Ss)
II. CONTENT Triangle Congruence
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages

2. Learner’s Materials Pages

3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A


4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
Review the students in the
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
yesterday’s lesson
or Presenting New Lesson
Review the students in the Review the students in the
Review the students in the Review the students in the
B. Establishing a Purpose for yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson Let the students answer
the Lesson
activity 1 in page 381 of
C. Presenting Examples/
Instances of the Lesson grade 8 LM
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students Let the students
Practicing New Skills#1
Let the students understand Let the students understand Let the students understand
the Isosceles Triangle
understand the triangle understand the triangle
perpendicular bisector and the triangle inequalities
inequalities inequalities
Theorem by studying the Theorem 2(Aa → Ss) by doing
angle bisector by studying Theorem 1(Ss → Aa) by doing Theorem 3 (S1+S2>S3) by doing
E. Discussing New Concepts and proof in page 364-365 of activity 5 in page 393 of grade
the lectures in page 366 of activity 4 in page 391 of activity 6 in page 395 of grade
Practicing New Skills#2 grade 8 LM 8 LM
grade 8 LM grade 8 LM 8 LM

F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer some
Let the students answer Let the students answer some
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) some exercise involving the some exercise involvingthe exercise involvingthe triangle
some exercise involving the exercise involvingthe triangle
perpendicular bisector and triangle inequalities inequalities
G. Finding Practical Isosceles Triangle Theorem inequalities Theorem
Application of Concepts and angle bisector Theorem 1(Ss → Aa) Theorem 2(Aa → Ss)
3(S1+S2>S3)
Skills in Daily Living

v. PROCEDURES
Let the stundents state the Let the stundents state the Let the stundents state the Let the stundents state the Let the stundents state the
H. Making Generalization and definition of Isosceles definition of perpendicular triangle inequalities triangle inequalities triangle inequalities
Abstractions about the lesson Triangle Theorem bisector and angle bisector Theorem 1 (Ss → Aa) Theorem 2 (Ss → Aa) Theorem 3 (S1+S2>S3)

Let the students answer Let the students answer


Let the students answer Quiz Let the students answer Quiz Let the students answer Quiz
I. Evaluating Learning exercise 9 in page 365 of exercise 10 in page 366 of
1 in page 391 of grade 8 LM 2in page 394 of grade 8 LM 3 in page 397 of grade 8 LM
grade 8 LM grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for Activity 10 in page 368 of


Application or Remediation grade 8 LM
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: January 28-February 1, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES January 28, 2019 January 29, 2019 January 30, 2019 January 31, 2019 February 1, 2019
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS geometry of shapes and sizes, and geometric relationships.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO create models of plane figures and formulate and solve accurately authentic problems involving sides and angles of a polygon
B. Performance Standards:
formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
1.Define and illustrate the
1. Determine the properties different terms associated
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1.Define a polygon. of a polygons with a triangle. 1. Derive relationships 1. Classify
Write the LC code for each
2.Illustrate the different
2. Determine the sum of 2.Classify triangles among sides and angles of quadrilaterals
At the end of the period, at least 75% of the measures of the interior according to their angles
the students will be able to: parts of a polygon. a triangle
and exterior angles of a and according to their
convex polygon. sides.

II. CONTENT Lesson 33-35: Polygons , Triangles and Quadrilaterals


III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
37. Teacher’s Guide Pages
38. Learner’s Materials Pages
1. Text book Pages N/A
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Presenting New Lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for the Let the students do
Review the students in the
Lesson activity 1 in Lesson 33 of Let the students do activity Let the students do activity
yesterday’s lesson Let the students name objects
Grade 7 LM activity 22 in lesson 34 of grade activity 23 in lesson 34 of
C. Presenting that represent quadrilaterals
7 LM grade 7 LM
Examples/Instances of the Lesson

D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the student study the Let the students undertand the
Practicing New Skills#1
Let the student study the lectures in Properties of Let the students undertand Let the students undertand
definition , parts and terms related/associated to
polygon and sum of the the properties of triangles by the different types of
classification of polygons triangles and its classification
measures of the interior guiding them in them in the quadrilaterals by studying the
E. Discussing New Concepts and by studying lectures in and exterior angles of a by studying the lectures in lectures in in lesson 35 of
Practicing New Skills#2 discussion.
Lesson 33 of grade 7 LM convex polygon in Lesson lesson 34 of grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
33 of grade 7 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer sum Let the students answer Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) some exercise involving of the measures of the exercise involving terms exercise involving the
definition , parts and interior and exterior angles related/associated to triangles Let the students answer different types of
G. Finding Practical Application of of a convex polygon.
classification of polygons and its classification exercise involving the quadrilaterals
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
properties of triangles
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students state
Let the students state Properties of polygon and Let the students state the terms Let the students state the
H. Making Generalization and Let the students state
definition , parts and sum of the measures of the related/associated to triangles different types of
Abstractions about the lesson properties of triangles
classification of polygons interior and exterior angles and its classification quadrilaterals
of a convex polygon
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning the question to ponder B exercise 20 in Lesson 33 of exercise 21 in lesson 34 of exercise 24 in lesson 34 of exercise 25 in lesson 35 of
in Lesson 33 of grade 7 LM grade 7 LM grade 7 LM grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

GRADES 1 TO 12 SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)

TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10


DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: February 4-8, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


February 4, 2019 February 5, 2019 February 6 February 7, 2019 February 8, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of combinatory and probability.
B. Performance
THE LEARNERS is able to use precise counting technique and probability in formulating conclusions and making decisions.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/ Illustrate the measure of position
Objectives: Write the LC code for
Illustrate the measure of
(Quartile)
each position (Quartile)
At the end of the period, at least
Calculate the quarlites of the
Calculate the quarlites of the
75% of the students will be able to: given data using Mendenhall and
given data
Sincich Method.
II. CONTENT PROBABILITY OF COMPOUND EVENTS
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
85. Teacher’s Guide Pages
86. Learner’s Materials Pages
87. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
88. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

Present to the students the


A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
activity 1 in page 362 of
or Presenting New Lesson
grade 10 LM
Review the students in the
B. Establishing a Purpose for
yesterday’s lesson
the Lesson Let the students answer
activity 2-3 in page 363 of
C. Presenting
grade 10 LM
Examples/Instances of the
Lesson
D. Discussing New Concepts Let the students understand Let the students understand how
and Practicing New Skills#1 the measure of position; to determine the quartiles using
E. Discussing New Concepts
and Practicing New Skills#2
quartile by studying the Mendenhall and Sincich Method
lecture in page 364-367 of by studying the lecture in page
grade 10 LM 368 of grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students the studets Let the students the studets
(Leads To Formative
Assessment 3)
answer some exercise answer some exercise involving
involving measure of quartiles using Mendenhall and
G. Finding Practical
Application of Concepts and position; quartile. Sincich Method
Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES

Let the students state what


H. Making Generalization Let the students state how to
is Quartile and how to
and Abstractions about determine the quartiles using
dertemin the First, second
the lesson Mendenhall and Sincich Method
and Thrid Quartile.

Let the students the studets


answer some exercise Let the students answer activity 5
I. Evaluating Learning involving measure of in page 369 of garde 10 LM
position; quartile.

J. Additional Activities for


Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day whether Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
the objectives has Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor can
help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:


MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: February 4-8, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


February 4, 2019 February 5, 2019 February 6 February 7, 2019 February 8, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts axiomatic structure of geometry and triangle congruence
THE LEARNERS is able to communicate mathematical thinking with coherence and clarity in formulating, investigating, analyzing, and solving real-life problems
B. Performance Standards:
involving congruent triangles using appropriate and accurate representations.
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
State and illustrate the State and illustrate the State and illustrate the
Write the LC code for each
triangle inequalities HOLIDAY-Chinese New Year CLARAA-Schedule Triangle Inequality Exterior Angle Inequality
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
the students will be able to: Theorem 2 (Aa → Ss) Theorem 3 (S1+S2>S3) Theorem
II. CONTENT Triangle Congruence
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages

2. Learner’s Materials Pages

3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A


4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
or Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the
B. Establishing a Purpose for Review the students in the Review the students in the
yesterday’s lesson
the Lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
C. Presenting Examples/
Instances of the Lesson

Let the students Let the students understand Let the students understand
D. Discussing New Concepts and understand the triangle the triangle inequalities
Practicing New Skills#1 inequalities Theorem 2 (Aa → theExterior Angle Inequality
Theorem 3 (S1+S2>S3) by doing
Ss) by doing activity 5 in page Theoremby doing activity in
activity 6 in page 395 of grade
393 of grade 8 LM page 400 of grade 8 LM
8 LM
E. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#2

F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer


(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer some
some exercise involvingthe Let the students answer some
exercise involvingthe triangle
triangle inequalities exercise involvingExterior
G. Finding Practical inequalities Theorem
Theorem 2(Aa → Ss) Angle Inequality Theorem
Application of Concepts and 3(S1+S2>S3)
Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES

Let the students state the


Let the stundents state the Let the students state the
H. Making Generalization and Exterior Angle Inequality
triangle inequalities triangle inequalities
Abstractions about the lesson Theorem
Theorem 2 (Ss → Aa) Theorem 3 (S1+S2>S3)

Let the students answer Quiz Let the students answer Quiz Let the students answer Quiz
I. Evaluating Learning 2in page 394 of grade 8 LM 3 in page 397 of grade 8 LM 4 in page 401 of grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: February 4-8, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES February 4, 2019 February 5, 2019 February 6 February 7, 2019 February 8, 2019
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS geometry of shapes and sizes, and geometric relationships.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO create models of plane figures and formulate and solve accurately authentic problems involving sides and angles of a polygon
B. Performance Standards:
formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
1.Define and illustrate the
different terms associated with 1. . Define a circle and its
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: 1. Derive relationships
a triangle. HOLIDAY-Chinese New 1 Classify quadrilaterals parts
Write the LC code for each among sides and angles of a
2.Classify triangles according to 2. .Apply the definition to
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
their angles and according to
Year triangle
the students will be able to: solve problems.
their sides.

II. CONTENT Lesson 34-35: Polygons , Triangles and Quadrilaterals


III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
39. Teacher’s Guide Pages
40. Learner’s Materials Pages
1. Text book Pages
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Review the students in the


Presenting New Lesson yesterday’s lesson
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Let the students do activity
B. Establishing a Purpose for the last week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
Lesson activity 23 in lesson 34 of grade
Let the students do activity
7 LM
activity 22 in lesson 34 of
Let the students name Let the students identify the
C. Presenting grade 7 LM
objects that represent shape that the pictures
Examples/Instances of the Lesson
quadrilaterals represented(Circles)
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students undertand
Practicing New Skills#1 the terms
Let the students undertand the Let the students undertand
related/associated to Let the students undertandthe
properties of triangles by the different types of
triangles and its difinitions and parts of a
guiding them in them in the quadrilaterals by studying the
E. Discussing New Concepts and classification by studying lectures in in lesson 35 of circles
Practicing New Skills#2 discussion.
the lectures in lesson 34 of grade 7 LM
grade 7 LM

F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) exercise involving terms exercise involving the exercise involving the circles
related/associated to Let the students answer different types of
G. Finding Practical Application of
triangles and its exercise involving the quadrilaterals
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
classification properties of triangles
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students state the
Let the students state the Let the students state the
H. Making Generalization and terms related/associated Let the students state
different types of difinitions and parts of a
Abstractions about the lesson to triangles and its properties of triangles
quadrilaterals circles
classification
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning exercise 21 in lesson 34 of exercise 24 in lesson 34 of exercise 25 in lesson 35 of
exercise involving the circles
grade 7 LM grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

GRADES 1 TO 12 SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)

TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10


DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: February 11-15, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


February 11, 2019 February 12, 2019 February 13, 2019 February 14, 2019 February 15, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of combinatory and probability.
B. Performance
THE LEARNERS is able to use precise counting technique and probability in formulating conclusions and making decisions.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/ Illustrate the measure of
Objectives: Write the LC code for
Illustrate the measure of Illustrate the measure of Illustrate the measure of
position (Quartile)
each position (Decile) position (Percentile) Solve problems involving position (Quartile) of Grouped
At the end of the period, at least
Calculate the quartiles of the
Calculate the deciles of Calculate the Percentile of the measure of positions Data
75% of the students will be able to: given data using Mendenhall
the given data given data
and Sincich Method.
II. CONTENT PROBABILITY OF COMPOUND EVENTS
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
89. Teacher’s Guide Pages
90. Learner’s Materials Pages
91. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
92. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Lesson Review the students in the


or Presenting New Lesson yesterday’s lesson
Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
B. Establishing a Purpose for yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
the Lesson Let the students answer
C. Presenting activity 1-2 in page 383 of
Examples/Instances of the grade 10 LM
Lesson
D. Discussing New Concepts Let the students understand Let the students
and Practicing New Skills#1 Let the students understand Let the students understand
how to determine the understand how to
E. Discussing New Concepts how to determine the deciles how to determine the quartiles
and Practicing New Skills#2
quartiles using Mendenhall determine the deciles of Let the students answer activity
of the given data by studying of grouped data by stuying the
and Sincich Method by the given data by studying 14 in page 378 of grade 10 LM
the lecture in page 376 - 377 of examples in page 385-387 of
studying the lecture in page the lecture in page 373 -
grade 10 LM grade 10 LM
368 of grade 10 LM 374 of grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery
(Leads To Formative
Let the students answer
Assessment 3) some exercise involving
G. Finding Practical quartiles using Mendenhall Let the students answer Let the students answer some
Let the students answer
Application of Concepts and and Sincich Method activity 10 in page 375 of exercise involving quartiles of
Skills in Daily Living activity 12 in page 377 of
grade 10 LM grade 10 LM the grouped data

v. PROCEDURES

Let the students state how


H. Making Generalization Let the students state how to
to determine the quartiles Let the students state how Let the students state how to
and Abstractions about determine the quartiles of the
using Mendenhall and to determine the deciles determine the percentile
the lesson grouped data
Sincich Method

Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer some
Let the students answer activity
I. Evaluating Learning activity 5 in page 369 of activity 11 in page 375 of activity 13 in page 378 of exercise involving quartiles of
15 in page 379 of grade 10 LM
garde 10 LM grade 10 LM grade 10 LM the grouped data

J. Additional Activities for


Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day whether Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
the objectives has Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor can
help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:


MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: February 11-15, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


February 11, 2019 February 12, 2019 February 13, 2019 February 14, 2019 February 15, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts axiomatic structure of geometry and triangle congruence
THE LEARNERS is able to communicate mathematical thinking with coherence and clarity in formulating, investigating, analyzing, and solving real-life problems
B. Performance Standards:
involving congruent triangles using appropriate and accurate representations.
Illustrate parallel
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives: State and illustrate the Determine the measure of
Write the LC code for each State and Illustrate the Hinge State and Illustrate the Demonstrate knowledge and
Exterior Angle Inequality skills involving angles formed angle formed by parallel lines
At the end of the period, at least 75% of Theorem converse of Hinge Theorem by parallel lines and
the students will be able to: Theorem cut by a transversal
transversals;
II. CONTENT PARALLELISM AND PERPENDICULARITY
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages
2. Learner’s Materials Pages
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
or Presenting New Lesson Present to the students
B. Establishing a Purpose for Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Let the students do activity 5
Activity 1-3 in page 448-450 of
the Lesson last week’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson in page 451 of grade 8 LM
C. Presenting Examples/ grade 8 LM
Instances of the Lesson

D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students understand Let the students understand Let the students understand Let the students understand
Let the students understand
Practicing New Skills#1 theExterior Angle Inequality theHinge Theoremby doing theconverse of Hinge the measure of angles formed
angles formed by parallel lines
Theoremby doing activity in activity 9 in page 403-404 of Theoremby doing activity 10 by parallel lines cut by a
cut by a tranversal
page 400 of grade 8 LM grade 8 LM in page 405 of grade 8 LM tranversal
E. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#2

F. Developing Mastery
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer
some exercise some exercise involving some exercise involving the some exercise involving the
activity 6 in page 453 of
G. Finding Practical involvingExterior Angle Hinge Theorem Converse Hinge Theorem angles formed by parallel
Application of Concepts and Inequality Theorem grade 8 LM
lines cut by a tranversal
Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES

Let the students state the Let the students state the
Let the students state the Let the students state angles
H. Making Generalization and Exterior Angle Inequality Let the students state the measure of angles formed by
Hinge Theorem formed by parallel lines cut by
Abstractions about the lesson Theorem Converse Hinge Theorem parallel lines cut by a
a tranversal
tranversal
Let the students answer Quiz Let the students answer Quiz Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer Quiz
I. Evaluating Learning 5-A in page 406 of grade 8 5-B in page 406 of grade 8 activity 7-I in page 454 of activity 7-III in page 454 of
4 in page 401 of grade 8 LM
LM LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: February 11-15, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES February 11, 2019 February 12, 2019 February 13, 2019 February 14, 2019 February 15, 2019
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS geometry of shapes and sizes, and geometric relationships.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO create models of plane figures and formulate and solve accurately authentic problems involving sides and angles of a polygon
B. Performance Standards:
formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
Determine the angles Determine the measure of 1. Define a circle and its Collect or gather statistical
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
formed by parallel Classify quadrilaterals parts data and organize the data in
Write the LC code for each the angles formed by
lines cut by a 2. Apply the definition to a frequency table according
At the end of the period, at least 75% of parallel lines cut by a
the students will be able to: transversal solve problems. to some systematic
transversal
consideration;
II. CONTENT Lesson 35-37; Quadrilaterals, Circles, Statistics
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
41. Teacher’s Guide Pages
42. Learner’s Materials Pages
1. Text book Pages
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or


Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
B. Establishing a Purpose for the Present to the students Let the students answer the yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
Lesson two lines that are parallel activity 12 in the Lesson 31
and cut by a transversal of Grade 7 LM Let the students identify the
C. Presenting Let the students name objects Let the students do activity 1
shape that the pictures
Examples/Instances of the Lesson that represent quadrilaterals in Lesson 37 of grade 7 LM
represented(Circles)
D. Discussing New Concepts and Discuss to the students the Let the students understand
Practicing New Skills#1 different angles formed the measure of angles
when parallel lines cut by a formed when parallel lines Guide the students in
Let the students undertand the Let the students
transversal (Interior angle, cut by a transversal (Interior understating how to collect
different types of quadrilaterals undertandthe difinitions and
Exterior Angle, Alternate angle, Exterior Angle, by studying the lectures in in data, organize data in
E. Discussing New Concepts and parts of a circles
Practicing New Skills#2 Interior angle, Alternate Alternate Interior angle, lesson 35 of grade 7 LM frequency table.
Exterior Angle, and Alternate Exterior Angle,
corresponding angle) and corresponding angle)

F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) Let the students answer
exercise involving the exercise involving exercise involving the different exercise involving organizing
G. Finding Practical Application of
exercise involving the circles
angles formed when themeasure of angles types of quadrilaterals data in frequency table.
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
parallel lines cut by a formed when parallel lines
transversal cut by a transversal
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students state the
measure of angles formed
Let the students state the
when parallel lines cut by a Let the students state the Let the students state how
H. Making Generalization and angles formed when Let the students state the
transversal (Alternate difinitions and parts of a to organized data in
Abstractions about the lesson parallel lines cut by a different types of quadrilaterals
Interior angle, Alternate circles frequency table.
transversal
Exterior Angle, and
corresponding angle)
Let the students answer
exercise involving the Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning angles formed when Exercise 13 in Lesson 31 of exercise 25 in lesson 35 of exercise involving organizing
exercise involving the circles
parallel lines cut by a Grade 7 LM grade 7 LM data in frequency table.
transversal
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

GRADES 1 TO 12 SCHOOL: AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: TEN (10)

TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 10


DAILY LESSON LOG
TEACHING DATES & TIME: February 18-22, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


February 18, 2019 February 19, 2019 February 20, 2019 February 21, 2019 February 22, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and competencies
and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: The learner demonstrate understanding of key concepts of combinatory and probability.
B. Performance
THE LEARNERS is able to use precise counting technique and probability in formulating conclusions and making decisions.
Standards:
C. Learning Competencies/
Objectives: Write the LC code for Illustrate and calculate the
Illustrate and calculate the Illustrate and calculate the Solve problems involving Solve problems involving measure
each measure of position
At the end of the period, at least Decile of Grouped Data Percentile of Grouped Data measure of positions of positions
(Quartile) of Grouped Data
75% of the students will be able to:

II. CONTENT
III. LEARNING
RESOURCES MATHEMATICS GRADE 10 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
93. Teacher’s Guide Pages
94. Learner’s Materials Pages
95. Text book Pages N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
96. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Resources
IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Lesson Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
or Presenting New Lesson Review the students in the
yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
last week’s lesson
Let the students answer
B. Establishing a Purpose for
the Lesson activity 1-2 in page 383 of
C. Presenting grade 10 LM Let the students
Examples/Instances of the Let the students understand
understand how to
Lesson how to determine the Let the studentsanswer
determine the deciles of Let the studentsanswer activity 5 in
D. Discussing New Concepts Let the students understand percentiles of grouped data by activity 3 in page 394 of
grouped data by studying page 395 of grade 10 LM
and Practicing New Skills#1 how to determine the studying the examples in page grade 8 LM
E. Discussing New Concepts the examples in page 388-
quartiles of grouped data by 390-391 of grade 10 LM
and Practicing New Skills#2 389 of grade 10 LM
studying the examples in
page 386-387 of grade 10 LM
F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Let the students answer Let the students answer some
Assessment 3)
some exercise involving
some exercise involving exercise involving percentiles
deciles of the grouped
G. Finding Practical quartiles of the grouped data of the grouped data
Application of Concepts and data
Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES

H. Making Generalization Let the students state how Let the students state how Let the students state how to
and Abstractions about to determine the quartiles of to determine the deciles determine the percentiles of
the lesson the grouped data of the grouped data the grouped data

Let the students answer


Let the students answer Let the students answer some Let the studentsanswer
some exercise involving Let the studentsanswer activity 5 in
I. Evaluating Learning some exercise involving exercise involving percentiles activity 4 in page 395 of
deciles of the grouped page 396 of grade 10 LM
quartiles of the grouped data of the grouped data grade 10 LM
data

J. Additional Activities for


Application or N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
remark every day whether Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
the objectives has Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
attained or not). to___________________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional
activities for remediation
C. Did the remedial
lessons work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my
principal or supervisor can
help me solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I
wish to share with other
teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:


MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT
TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: EIGHT (8)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS 8
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: February 18-22, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


February 18, 2019 February 19, 2019 February 20, 2019 February 21, 2019 February 22, 2019
I. OBJECTIVES Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER demonstrates understanding of key concepts axiomatic structure of geometry and triangle congruence
THE LEARNERS is able to communicate mathematical thinking with coherence and clarity in formulating, investigating, analyzing, and solving real-life problems
B. Performance Standards:
involving congruent triangles using appropriate and accurate representations.
Illustrate parallel determine the conditions that use properties of parallel and
C. determine and prove the
Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Demonstrate knowledge and Determine the measure of make a quadrilateral a perpendicular lines to find
Write the LC code for each conditions under which lines
skills involving angles formed angle formed by parallel lines parallelogram and prove that measures of angles, sides, and
At the end of the period, at least 75% of and segments are
the students will be able to: by parallel lines and cut by a transversal a quadrilateral is a other quantities involving
perpendicular;
transversals; parallelogram parallelograms.
II. CONTENT PARALLELISM AND PERPENDICULARITY
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 8 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
1. Teacher’s Guide Pages
2. Learner’s Materials Pages
3. Text book Pages N/A N/A 0N/A N/A N/A
4. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
IV PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing Previous Lesson
or Presenting New Lesson Present to the students
B. Establishing a Purpose for Let the students do activity 5 Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Activity 1-3 in page 448-450
the Lesson in page 451 of grade 8 LM yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
C. Presenting Examples/ of grade 8 LM
Instances of the Lesson

Let the students do activity 8 Let the students do activity 10 Let the students answer
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students understand
Let the students understand and undertand the term and undertand the types of activity 11 and undertand the
Practicing New Skills#1 the measure of angles
angles formed by parallel perpendicularity by studying quadrilaterals by studying the types of paralelogram by
formed by parallel lines cut
lines cut by a tranversal the lecture in page 455-456 lecture in page 459 of grade 8 studying the lecture in page
by a tranversal
of grade 8 LM LM 560 of grade 8 LM
E. Discussing New Concepts and
Practicing New Skills#2

F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer


Let the students answer
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3) some exercise involving Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
some exercise involvinig
the angles formed by activity 6 in page 453 of some exercise involvinig some exercise
G. Finding Practical perpendicularity
Application of Concepts and parallel lines cut by a grade 8 LM quadrilaterals involvinigparallelogram
Skills in Daily Living tranversal
v. PROCEDURES

Let the students state the


Let the students state angles Let the students state the Let the students state the
H. Making Generalization and measure of angles formed Let the students state
formed by parallel lines cut types of quadrilaterals and its types of parallelogram and its
Abstractions about the lesson by parallel lines cut by a definition of perpendicularity
by a tranversal properties properties
tranversal
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer
I. Evaluating Learning activity 7-I in page 454 of activity 7-III in page 454 of activity 9 in page 457 of some exercise involvinig activity 12 in page 561 of
grade 8 LM grade 8 LM grade 8 LM quadrilaterals grade 8 LM

J. Additional Activities for


Application or Remediation
VI- REMARK (Write a remark Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
every day whether the Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
objectives has attained or Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
not). to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to_____________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who
earned 80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who
required additional activities
for remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why
did this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or
localized materials did I
used/discover which I wish to
share with other teachers?

Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

SCHOOL:
AGUSUHIN HIGH SCHOOL GRADE LEVEL: SEVEN (7)
GRADES 1 TO 12
TEACHER: MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. LEARNING AREA: MATHEMATICS
DAILY LESSON LOG TEACHING DATES & TIME: February 18-22, 2019 QUARTER: FOUR

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY


I. OBJECTIVES February 18, 2019 February 19, 2019 February 20, 2019 February 21, 2019 February 22, 2019
Objective over the week and connected to the curriculum standards. To meet the objectives, necessary procedures must be followed and if needed, additional lessons exercises and remedial
activities maybe done for developing content knowledge and competencies. These are using Formatives Assessment Strategies. Valuing objectives support the learning of content and
competencies and enable children to find significance and joy in learning the lesson. Weekly objectives shall be derived from the curriculum guide.
A. Content Standards: THE LEARNER DEMONSTRATES UNDERSTANDING OF KEY CONCEPTS geometry of shapes and sizes, and geometric relationships.
THE LEARNERS IS ABLE TO create models of plane figures and formulate and solve accurately authentic problems involving sides and angles of a polygon
B. Performance Standards:
formulate real-life problems involving measurements and solve these using a variety of strategies.
Collect or gather statistical
data and organize the data Organize data in a Sort and organize data using
C. Learning Competencies/ Objectives:
Write the LC code for each in a frequency table frequency table frequency table Find the mean, median, and Solve problems involving
At the end of the period, at least 75% of
according to some Use appropriate graphs Present data using a mode of a statistical data. mean, median, and mode.
the students will be able to: histogram.
systematic consideration; to represent data.

II. CONTENT Lesson 37Statistics


III. LEARNING RESOURCES
MATHEMATICS GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE and TEACHIING GIUDE
A. References
43. Teacher’s Guide Pages
44. Learner’s Materials Pages
1. Text book Pages
2. Additional Materials from Learning
resources(LR)Portal
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
B. Other Learning Resources N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

IV PROCEDURES

A. Reviewing Previous Lesson or Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the Review the students in the
Presenting New Lesson
Review the students in the yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson yesterday’s lesson
B. Establishing a Purpose for the
Lesson last week’s lesson
Let the students do activity 1 Let the students do Present some word problems
C. Presenting in Lesson 37 of grade 7 LM Let the students do activity 1 Let the students do activity 1
activity 1 in Lesson 38 of involving Mean, Median and
Examples/Instances of the Lesson in Lesson 39 of grade 7 LM in Lesson 40 of grade 7 LM
grade 7 LM Mode
D. Discussing New Concepts and Let the students Let the students understand
Practicing New Skills#1 Guide the students in
understand the different Let the students understand the Mean , Median and Mode
understating how to collect Guide the students in
type of graphs and charts the Historygram by studying of the given set of data by
data, organize data in the lecture in Lesson 39 of answering the word problem
E. Discussing New Concepts and by studying the lecture in studying the lecture in Lesson
Practicing New Skills#2 frequency table. grade 7 LM
Lesson 38 of grade 7 LM 40 of grade 7 LM

F. Developing Mastery Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer word
(Leads To Formative Assessment 3)
exercise involving organizing activity III in Lesson 38 of activity III in Lesson 39 of activity III in Lesson 40 of problems involving Mean,
G. Finding Practical Application of data in frequency table. grade 7 LM grade 7 LM grade 7 LM Median and Mode
Concepts and Skills in Daily Living
v. PROCEDURES
Let the students state how to Let the students state the Let the students state the Let the students state how to
H. Making Generalization and
organized data in frequency different ways in definition of histogram and obtain the Mean , Median and
Abstractions about the lesson
table. presenting data how to construct it Mode of a given set of data
Let the students answer Let the students answer Let the students answer the Let the students answer the Let the students answer the
I. Evaluating Learning exercise involving organizing the exercise in Lesson 38 exercise in Lesson 39 of grade exercise # 1 in Lesson 40 of exercise # 2-3 in Lesson 40 of
data in frequency table. of grade 7 LM 7 LM grade 7 LM grade 7 LM
J. Additional Activities for
Application or Remediation
Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has Objectives has
VI- REMARK (Write a remark
Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______ Attained :_______
Every day whether the
Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due Not attained due
objectives has attained or not).
to______________ to______________ to______________ to______________ to___________
VII - REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned
80% in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who required
additional activities for
remediation
C. Did the remedial lessons
work?
D. No. of learners who
continue to require
remediation
E. Which of my teaching
strategies work well? Why did
this work?
F. What difficulties did I
encounter which my principal
or supervisor can help me
solve?
G. What innovation or localized
materials did I used/discover
which I wish to share with
other teachers?
Prepared by: Checked by:

MARCIAL A. ASADA JR. FRANCISCO G. APURIT


TEACHER II HT-III/SCHOOL HEAD

You might also like